Document:

EX-4.3

 Exhibit 4.3 

EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
 PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT

 Dated as of November 27, 2013 

Between 
 FORESTAR GROUP
INC. 
 and 
 U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Purchase Contract Agent 

and as Trustee under the Indenture referred to herein 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	 	  	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
	  	 	1	  
		
	 Section 1.01. Definitions.
	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02. Compliance Certificates and Opinions.
	  	 	10	  
	 Section 1.03. Form of Documents Delivered.
	  	 	10	  
	 Section 1.04. Acts of Holders; Record Dates.
	  	 	11	  
	 Section 1.05. Notices.
	  	 	12	  
	 Section 1.06. Notice to Holders; Waiver.
	  	 	12	  
	 Section 1.07. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.
	  	 	12	  
	 Section 1.08. Successors and Assigns.
	  	 	12	  
	 Section 1.09. Separability Clause.
	  	 	13	  
	 Section 1.10. Benefits of Agreement.
	  	 	13	  
	 Section 1.11. Governing Law.
	  	 	13	  
	 Section 1.12. Conflicts with Indenture.
	  	 	13	  
	 Section 1.13. Legal Holidays.
	  	 	13	  
	 Section 1.14. Counterparts.
	  	 	13	  
	 Section 1.15. Inspection of Agreement.
	  	 	13	  
	 Section 1.16. Waiver of Jury Trial.
	  	 	13	  
	 Section 1.17. Force Majeure.
	  	 	14	  
	 Section 1.18. Calculations.
	  	 	14	  
	 Section 1.19. UCC.
	  	 	14	  
		
	 ARTICLE II UNIT AND PURCHASE CONTRACT FORMS
	  	 	14	  
		
	 Section 2.01. Forms of Units and Purchase Contracts Generally.
	  	 	14	  
	 Section 2.02. Form of Certificate of Authentication.
	  	 	15	  
	 Section 2.03. Global Securities; Separation of Units.
	  	 	15	  
	 Section 2.04. Recreation of Units.
	  	 	16	  
		
	 ARTICLE III THE UNITS AND PURCHASE CONTRACTS
	  	 	16	  
		
	 Section 3.01. Amount and Denominations.
	  	 	16	  
	 Section 3.02. Rights and Obligations Evidenced by the Equity-Linked Securities.
	  	 	16	  
	 Section 3.03. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.
	  	 	17	  
	 Section 3.04. Temporary Equity-Linked Securities.
	  	 	17	  
	 Section 3.05. Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange.
	  	 	18	  
	 Section 3.06. Book-Entry Interests.
	  	 	19	  
	 Section 3.07. Notices to Holders.
	  	 	19	  
	 Section 3.08. Appointment of Successor Depositary.
	  	 	19	  
	 Section 3.09. Definitive Securities.
	  	 	19	  
	 Section 3.10. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.
	  	 	20	  
	 Section 3.11. Persons Deemed Owners.
	  	 	21	  
	 Section 3.12. Cancellation.
	  	 	21	  
		
	 ARTICLE IV SETTLEMENT OF THE PURCHASE CONTRACTS
	  	 	21	  
		
	 Section 4.01. Settlement Amount.
	  	 	21	  
	 Section 4.02. Representations and Agreements of Holders.
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 4.03. Delivery Upon Settlement of the Purchase Contracts.
	  	 	23	  
	 Section 4.04. Early Settlement.
	  	 	24	  
	 Section 4.05. No Fractional Shares.
	  	 	25	  
	 Section 4.06. Acceleration of the Mandatory Settlement Date.
	  	 	25	  

  
 i 

					
	 ARTICLE V ADJUSTMENTS
	  	 	26	  
		
	 Section 5.01. Adjustments to the Fixed Settlement Rates.
	  	 	26	  
	 Section 5.02. Early Settlement Upon a Fundamental Change.
	  	 	35	  
	 Section 5.03. Adjustments of Prices.
	  	 	37	  
		
	 ARTICLE VI REMEDIES
	  	 	37	  
		
	 Section 6.01. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Shares of Common Stock.
	  	 	37	  
	 Section 6.02. Limitation on Proceedings.
	  	 	37	  
	 Section 6.03. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 6.04. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 6.05. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 6.06. Undertaking for Costs.
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 6.07. Waiver of Stay or Execution Laws.
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 6.08. Control by Majority.
	  	 	38	  
		
	 ARTICLE VII THE PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT AND TRUSTEE
	  	 	39	  
		
	 Section 7.01. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.
	  	 	39	  
	 Section 7.02. Notice of Default.
	  	 	39	  
	 Section 7.03. Certain Rights of the Purchase Contract Agent.
	  	 	40	  
	 Section 7.04. Not Responsible for Recitals.
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 7.05. May Hold Units and Purchase Contracts.
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 7.06. Money Held in Custody.
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 7.07. Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnification.
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 7.08. Corporate Purchase Contract Agent Required; Eligibility.
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 7.09. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 7.10. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.
	  	 	43	  
	 Section 7.11. Merger; Conversion; Consolidation or Succession to Business.
	  	 	43	  
	 Section 7.12. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.
	  	 	44	  
	 Section 7.13. No Other Obligations of Purchase Contract Agent or Trustee.
	  	 	44	  
	 Section 7.14. Tax Compliance.
	  	 	44	  
		
	 ARTICLE VIII SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS
	  	 	45	  
		
	 Section 8.01. Supplemental Agreements Without Consent of Holders.
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 8.02. Supplemental Agreements With Consent of Holders.
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 8.03. Execution of Supplemental Agreements.
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 8.04. Effect of Supplemental Agreements.
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 8.05. Reference to Supplemental Agreements.
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 8.06. Notice of Supplemental Agreements.
	  	 	46	  
		
	 ARTICLE IX CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR CONVEYANCE
	  	 	46	  
		
	 Section 9.01. Covenant Not to Amalgamate, Consolidate, Merge, Convey, Transfer or Lease Property Except Under Certain
Conditions.
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 9.02. Rights and Duties of Successor Entity.
	  	 	47	  
	 Section 9.03. Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel Given to Purchase Contract Agent.
	  	 	47	  
		
	 ARTICLE X COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
	  	 	47	  
		
	 Section 10.01. Performance Under Purchase Contracts.
	  	 	47	  
	 Section 10.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 10.03. Statements of Officers of the Company as to Default.
	  	 	48	  

  
 ii 

					
	 Section 10.04. Existence.
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 10.05. Company to Reserve Common Stock.
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 10.06. Covenants as to Common Stock.
	  	 	48	  
	
	EXHIBITS	  
		
	 EXHIBIT A - Form of Unit
	  	 	A-1	  
		
	 EXHIBIT B - Form of Purchase Contract
	  	 	B-1	  

  
 iii 

 PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 27, 2013, between Forestar Group
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, acting as purchase contract agent and attorney-in-fact for the Holders (as defined herein) of Purchase Contracts (as
defined herein) from time to time (the “Purchase Contract Agent”) and as Trustee (as defined herein). 
 RECITALS
OF THE COMPANY 
 The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Purchase Contract Agreement and the Units (as
defined herein) and Purchase Contracts issuable hereunder. 
 All things necessary to make the Units and Purchase Contracts, when such are
executed by the Company and authenticated on behalf of the Holders and delivered by the Purchase Contract Agent, as provided in this Purchase Contract Agreement, the valid obligations of the Company and to constitute this Purchase Contract Agreement
a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done. For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Units (including the constituent parts thereof) by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed as
follows: 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION 

Section 1.01. Definitions 

For all purposes of this Purchase Contract Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: 

(a) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the
singular, and nouns and pronouns of the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders; 
 (b) all accounting terms
not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; 

(c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this
Purchase Contract Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section, Exhibit or other subdivision; 
 (d)
“or” is not exclusive; and 
 (e) the following terms have the meanings given to them in this Section 1.01(e):

 “Acceleration Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06. 

“Act” has the meaning, with respect to any Holder, set forth in Section 1.04(a). 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Applicants” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.12(b). 

“Averaging Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(a)(v). 

  
 1 

 “Bankruptcy Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following
events:  
 (i) a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been entered adjudging the Company a
bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization of the Company under any Bankruptcy Law and if such decree or order shall have been entered more than 60 days prior to the last VWAP Trading Day of the
Observation Period, such decree or order shall have continued undischarged and unstayed for a period of 60 days; 
 (ii) a decree or order
by a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver or liquidator or trustee or assignee (or other similar official) in bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or of all or substantially all of its property, or for the
winding up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered and if such decree or order shall have been entered more than 60 days prior to the last VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period, such decree or order shall have continued
undischarged and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or 
 (iii) the Company shall institute proceedings to be adjudicated a voluntary
bankrupt, or shall consent to the filing of a bankruptcy proceeding against it, or shall file a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization under any Bankruptcy Law, or shall consent to the filing of any such petition, or shall consent to
the appointment of a receiver or liquidator or trustee or assignee (or other similar official) in bankruptcy or insolvency of it or of its property, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to
pay its debts generally as they become due. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means title 11 of the United States Code, as
amended, or any similar foreign, federal or state law for the relief of debtors.  
 “Base Indenture” means
the base indenture, dated as of February 26, 2013, between the Company and the Trustee (including any provisions of the TIA that are deemed incorporated therein). 

“Beneficial Owner” means, with respect to a Book-Entry Interest, a Person who is the beneficial owner of such
Book-Entry Interest as reflected on the books of the Depositary or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with the Depositary (directly as a Depositary Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of
the Depositary). 
 “Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Company or the executive
or any other committee of that board duly authorized to act in respect hereof. 
 “Board Resolution” means a
copy of a resolution or resolutions certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors (or by a committee of the Board of Directors to the extent that any such other committee has
been authorized by the Board of Directors to establish or approve the matters contemplated) and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Purchase Contract Agent. 

“Book-Entry Interest” means a beneficial interest in a Global Security, registered in the name of a Depositary or a
nominee thereof, ownership and transfers of which shall be maintained and made through book entries by such Depositary as described in Section 3.06. 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is
authorized or required by law or executive order to close or be closed. 
 “Capital Stock” means 

(i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock; 
 (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general
or limited) or membership interests; and 

  
 2 

 (d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of
the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with
Capital Stock. 
 “Clause A Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(a)(iii). 

“Clause B Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(a)(iii). 

“Clause C Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(a)(iii). 

“Clearing Agency” means an organization registered as a “Clearing Agency” pursuant to Section 17A of
the Exchange Act. 
 “Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time. 

“Closing Price” with respect to the Common Stock, means on any Trading Day, the closing sale price per share of the
Common Stock (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the last bid and last ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average last bid and the average last ask prices) on that Trading Day as reported in
composite transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is traded. If the Common Stock is not listed for trading on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange on the relevant Trading Day,
the “Closing Price” will be the last quoted bid price for the Common Stock in the over the counter market on the relevant date as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization. If the Common Stock is not so quoted, the
“Closing Price” will be the average of the midpoint of the last bid and last ask prices for the Common Stock on the relevant Trading Day from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the
Company for this purpose, which may include one or more of the Underwriters. Any such determination will be conclusive absent manifest error. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (title 26 of the United States Code), as amended from time to time.

 “Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company as it existed on the date of
this Purchase Contract Agreement, subject to Section 5.01(e). 
 “Company” means the Person named as the
“Company” in the first paragraph of this Purchase Contract Agreement until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Purchase Contract Agreement, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such
successor. 
 “Component Note” means a Note, in global form and attached to a Global Unit, that
(i) shall evidence the number of Notes specified therein that are components of the Units evidenced by such Global Unit, (ii) shall be registered on the Security Register for the Notes in the name of the Purchase Contract Agent, as
attorney-in-fact of holder(s) of the Units of which such Notes form a part, and (iii) shall be held by the Purchase Contract Agent as attorney-in-fact of such holder(s), together with such Global Unit, as custodian of such Global Unit for the
Depositary. 
 “Component Purchase Contract” means a Purchase Contract, in global form and attached to a
Global Unit, that (i) shall evidence the number of Purchase Contracts specified therein that are components of the Units evidenced by such Global Unit, (ii) shall be registered on the Security Register in the name of the Purchase Contract
Agent, as attorney-in-fact of holder(s) of the Units of which such Purchase Contract forms a part, and (iii) shall be held by the Purchase Contract Agent as attorney-in-fact of such holder(s), together with such Global Unit, as custodian of
such Global Unit for the Depositary.  
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the principal corporate trust office
of the Purchase Contract Agent at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at U.S. Bank National Association, Attn: Corporate Trust Officer, 5555 San Felipe, Suite
1150, Houston, Texas 77056. 

  
 3 

 “Daily Settlement Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.
 
 “Daily VWAP” means, for any Trading Day, the per share volume weighted average price as displayed under
the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on the Bloomberg page “FOR<equity> AQR” (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of
trading of the primary trading session on such Trading Day (or if such volume weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of Common Stock on such Trading Day determined, using a volume weighted average method, by a
nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Company, which may include one or more of the Underwriters). The “Daily VWAP” will be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other
trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours. 
 “Definitive Equity-Linked Security” means an
Equity-Linked Security in definitive form. 
 “Definitive Security” means any Security in definitive form.

 “Depositary” means a Clearing Agency that is acting as a depositary for the Equity-Linked Securities and in
whose name, or in the name of a nominee of that organization, shall be registered one or more Global Securities and which shall undertake to effect book-entry transfers of the Equity-Linked Securities as contemplated by Section 3.06,
Section 3.07, Section 3.08 and Section 3.09. 
 “Depositary Participant” means a broker, dealer,
bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time the Depositary effects book-entry transfers of securities deposited with the Depositary. 

“Determination Date” means each of (i) in the case of a settlement of Purchase Contracts on the Mandatory
Settlement Date the last VWAP Trading Day of Observation Period, (ii) any Early Settlement Exercise Date, (iii) any Fundamental Change Early Settlement Date and (iv) any Acceleration Date. 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company. 

“DWAC System” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a). 

“Early Settlement” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a). 

“Early Settlement Exercise Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(b). 

“Early Settlement Rate” for each Purchase Contract means the Minimum Settlement Rate in effect immediately prior to
Close of Business on the Early Settlement Exercise Date, unless the Holder elects to settle such Purchase Contract in connection with a Fundamental Change, in which case such Holder shall receive upon settlement of such Purchase Contract a number of
shares of Common Stock (or, if applicable, Reference Property) based on the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rate in effect immediately prior to Close of Business on the Early Settlement Exercise Date. 

“Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(c). 

“Equity-Linked Security” means a Unit or a Purchase Contract, as applicable. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any statute successor thereto, in each case
as amended from time to time, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 “Expiration
Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.04(e). 

  
 4 

 “Ex-Dividend Date” means, with respect to any issuance, dividend or distribution
on shares of the Common Stock, the first date on which shares of Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such issuance, dividend or distribution. 

“Fair Market Value” means the fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (or an authorized
committee thereof), whose determination shall be conclusive and set forth in a Board Resolution. 
 “Fixed Settlement Rate”
means either the Maximum Settlement Rate or the Minimum Settlement Rate, or both, as applicable. 
 “Fundamental Change”
shall be deemed to occur if any of the following occurs: 
 (i) any “person” (as defined below) files a Schedule TO
or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner” of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock entitling such person to exercise 50% or more of the
total voting power of all the shares of the Company’s Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in elections of directors, other than an acquisition by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or their employee benefit plans; 

(ii) the Company (x) merges or consolidates with or into any other Person, other than a Subsidiary of the Company, another
Person merges with or into the Company, or the Company conveys, sells, transfers or leases all or substantially all of its consolidated assets to another person or (y) engages in any recapitalization, reclassification or other transaction in
which all or substantially all the Common Stock is exchanged for or converted into cash, securities or other property, in each case, other than any merger or consolidation: 
  

	 	•	 	that does not result in a reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; or 

  

	 	•	 	which is effected solely to change the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation and results in a reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of Common Stock solely into shares of common stock of
the surviving entity; 

 (iii) the Common Stock (or other common stock deliverable upon settlement of a
Holder’s Purchase Contract) ceases to be listed on any of the NYSE, NYSE MKT LLC, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Global Select Market (or their respective successors); or 

(iv) The Company stockholders approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 

provided, however, that in the case of a transaction or event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, if at least 90.0% of the consideration
received or to be received by holders of the Common Stock (excluding cash payments for fractional shares) in the transaction or transactions that would otherwise constitute a “Fundamental Change” consists of shares of common stock or
common equity interests that are traded on any of the NYSE, NYSE MKT LLC, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Global Select Market (or their respective successors) or that will be so traded when issued or exchanged in connection with the
transaction that would otherwise constitute a Fundamental Change under clauses (i) or (ii) above (such shares, the “Publicly Traded Securities”), and as a result of such transaction or transactions, such Publicly Traded
Securities become Reference Property deliverable upon settlement of a Holder’s Purchase Contract, excluding cash payments for fractional shares, such event shall not be a Fundamental Change and, for the avoidance of doubt, an event that is not
considered a Fundamental Change pursuant to this proviso shall not be a Fundamental Change solely because such event could also be described by clauses (i) or (ii) above, as the case may be. 

For purposes of clause (i) above, whether a person is a “beneficial owner” shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act, and “person” shall include any syndicate or group that would be deemed to be a “person” under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act. 

  
 5 

 “Fundamental Change Early Settlement Date” has the meaning set forth in Section
5.02(a). 
 “Fundamental Change Early Settlement Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(a) 

“Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(c). 

“Fundamental Change Early Settlement Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(a). 

“Global Note” means a Note, as defined in the Indenture, in global form that (i) shall evidence the number of Separate
Notes specified therein, (ii) shall be registered on the security register for the Notes in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, and (iii) shall be held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary. 

“Global Purchase Contract” means a Purchase Contract in global form that (i) shall evidence the number of Separate
Purchase Contracts specified therein, (ii) shall be registered on the books and records of the Purchase Contract Agent in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and (iii) shall be held by the Purchase Contract Agent as custodian for the
Depositary. 
 “Global Security” means a Global Unit, a Global Purchase Contract or a Global Note, as applicable. 

“Global Unit” means a Unit in global form that (i) shall evidence the number of Units specified therein, (ii) shall
be registered on the Security Register in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, (iii) shall include, as attachments thereto, a Component Note and a Component Purchase Contract, evidencing, respectively, a number of Notes and a number of
Purchase Contracts, in each case, equal to the number of Units evidenced by such Unit in global form, and (iv) shall be held by the Purchase Contract Agent as custodian for the Depositary. 

“Holder” means, with respect to a Unit or Purchase Contract, the Person in whose name the Unit or Purchase Contract, as the
case may be, is registered in the Security Register, and with respect to a Note, the Person in whose name the Note is registered as provided for in the Indenture; provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the
requisite number of Units or Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, have voted on any matter, then for the purpose of such determination only (and not for any other purpose hereunder), if the Units or Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, remain
in the form of one or more Global Securities and if the Depositary that is the registered holder of such Global Security has sent an omnibus proxy assigning voting rights to the Depositary Participants to whose accounts the Units or Purchase
Contracts, as the case may be, are credited on the related record date, the term “Holder” shall mean such Depositary Participant acting at the direction of the Beneficial Owners. 

“Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture. 

“Issue Date” means November 27, 2013. 

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means the Issuer Free Writing Prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
by the Company and dated November 21, 2013, relating to the offering of the Units. 
 “Issuer Order” or
“Issuer Request” means a written order or request signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, its President or one of its Vice Presidents, and by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Purchase Contract Agent or the Trustee. 
 “Mandatory Settlement” has the
meaning set forth in Section 4.01. 
 “Mandatory Settlement Date” means the Scheduled Mandatory Settlement Date, subject to
acceleration pursuant to Section 4.06; provided that, if one or more of the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Days of the Observation Period is not a VWAP Trading Day, the “Mandatory Settlement Date” shall be postponed until the
third Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the last VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period. 

  
 6 

 “Market Disruption Event” means, if the Common Stock is listed for trading on
NYSE or listed on another U.S. national or regional securities exchange, the occurrence or existence during the one half hour period ending on the scheduled close of trading on any Trading Day of any material suspension or limitation imposed on
trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options, contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock. 

“Maximum Settlement Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01. 

“Merger Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(e). 

“Minimum Settlement Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01. 

“Notes” means the series of notes designated as the 4.50% Senior Amortizing Notes due December 15, 2016 to be issued by
the Company under the Indenture, and “Note” means each note of such series having an initial principal amount of $4.2522. 

“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange 

“Observation Period” means the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the 22nd Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Scheduled Mandatory Settlement Date. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by any of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive
Officer, Chief Financial Officer, the President, a Vice President, Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee. Each such certificate shall include the
statements provided for in Section 1.02 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section. 
 “Open of
Business” means 9:00 a.m., New York City time. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel,
who may be counsel to the Company (and who may be an employee of the Company), and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Purchase Contract Agent or Trustee, as applicable. 

“Outstanding Purchase Contracts” means, as of the date of determination, all Purchase Contracts theretofore executed,
authenticated on behalf of the Holder and delivered under this Purchase Contract Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Purchase Contracts held as a component of Units and Separate Purchase Contracts), except: 

(i) Purchase Contracts theretofore cancelled by the Purchase Contract Agent or delivered to the Purchase Contract Agent for
cancellation or deemed cancelled pursuant to the provisions of this Purchase Contract Agreement; and 
 (ii) Purchase
Contracts in exchange for or in lieu of which other Purchase Contracts have been executed, authenticated on behalf of the Holder and delivered pursuant to this Purchase Contract Agreement, other than any such Purchase Contract in respect of which
there shall have been presented to the Purchase Contract Agent proof satisfactory to it that such Purchase Contract is held by a “protected purchaser” (as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code of New
York as then in effect) in whose hands the Purchase Contracts are valid obligations of the Company; 
 provided, however, that in determining
whether the Holders of the requisite number of the Purchase Contracts have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Purchase Contracts owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be
disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding Purchase Contracts, except that, in determining whether the Purchase Contract Agent shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only
Purchase Contracts that a Responsible Officer of the Purchase Contract Agent actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. 

  
 7 

 “Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a). 

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity of whatever nature. 

“Preliminary Prospectus Supplement” means the preliminary prospectus supplement, dated November 20, 2013, related to the
offering of the Units , as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Prospectus” means the prospectus, dated
November 22 2013, related to the Securities identified therein, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Purchase Contract” means the contract obligating the Company to deliver shares of Common Stock on the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth herein. 
 “Purchase Contract Agent” means the Person named as the “Purchase Contract
Agent” in the first paragraph of this Purchase Contract Agreement until a successor Purchase Contract Agent shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Purchase Contract Agreement, and thereafter “Purchase Contract
Agent” shall mean such Person. 
 “Purchase Contract Agreement” means this instrument as originally executed or as it
may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more agreements supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof. 

“Purchase Contract Settlement Fund” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a). 

“Record Date” means, when used with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders
of the Common Stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders
of the Common Stock entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise). 

“Reference Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01. 

“Reference Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(e). 

“Reference Property Unit” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(e). 

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Purchase Contract Agent, any officer of the Purchase Contract Agent assigned
by the Purchase Contract Agent to administer this Purchase Contract Agreement. 
 “Scheduled Mandatory Settlement Date”
means December 15, 2016. 
 “Scheduled Trading Day” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the primary
U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading; provided, however, that if the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, then “Scheduled Trading
Day” means a Business Day. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any statute successor
thereto, in each case as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 “Second Supplemental
Indenture” means the second supplemental indenture, dated as of November 27, 2013, between the Company and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Notes will be issued. 

“Security” means a Unit, a Purchase Contract or a Note, as applicable. 

  
 8 

 “Security Register” and “Security Registrar” have the
respective meanings set forth in Section 3.05. 
 “Separate Note” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a). 

“Separate Purchase Contract” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a). 

“Settlement Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01. 

“Settlement Date” means the Mandatory Settlement Date or the third Business Day following any Early Settlement Exercise Date
or Fundamental Change Early Settlement Date. 
 “Spin-Off” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(iii). 

“Stock Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(c). 

“Subsidiary,” when used with respect to any Person, means: 

(i) any corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of
shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors,
managers or trustees of the corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a
combination thereof); and 
 (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person
or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof). 

“Tender Offer Expiration Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(vi). 

“Tender Offer Expiration Time” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(vi). 

“Threshold Appreciation Price” initially has the value set forth in Section 4.01 and is subject to adjustment as
provided herein. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time. 

“Trading Day” means a Scheduled Trading Day on which (a) (i) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on the
NYSE or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on the NYSE, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed and (ii) there is no Market Disruption Event, or (b) if the Common
Stock is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then traded. If the Common Stock is not so listed or traded,
“Trading Day” means a Business Day. 
 “Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the
Indenture, or any successor thereto. 
 “Underwriter” has the meaning set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. 

“Underwriting Agreement” means the Underwriting Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2013, between the Company and the
representative of the Underwriters named therein relating to the Units. 
 “Unit” means the collective rights of a Holder
of a unit consisting of one Purchase Contract and one Note prior to separation pursuant Section 2.03 or subsequent to recreation pursuant to Section 2.04. 

“Unit Stated Amount” means $25.00 per Unit. 

  
 9 

 “VWAP Market Disruption Event” means (i) a failure by the primary U.S.
national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading to open for trading during its regular trading session or (ii) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on
any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock for more than one half hour period in the aggregate during regular trading hours of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the
relevant stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options, contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock. 

“VWAP Trading Day” means a day on which (i) there is no VWAP Market Disruption Event and (ii) trading in the Common
Stock generally occurs on the NYSE or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on NYSE, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on a U.S.
national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted for trading . If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “VWAP Trading Day” means a Business
Day. 
 Section 1.02. Compliance Certificates and Opinions. 

Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Purchase Contract Agreement, upon any application or request by the Company to the Purchase
Contract Agent or Trustee to take any action in accordance with any provision of this Purchase Contract Agreement, the Company shall furnish to the Purchase Contract Agent or Trustee, as applicable, an Officer’s Certificate stating that all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Purchase Contract Agreement relating to the proposed action have been complied with and, if requested by the Purchase Contract Agent or Trustee, as applicable, an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in
the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this
Purchase Contract Agreement relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. 

Every Officer’s Certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Purchase Contract
Agreement shall include: 
 (i) a statement that each individual signing such Officer’s Certificate or opinion has read
such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto; 
 (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope
of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such Officer’s Certificate or opinion are based; 

(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is
necessary to enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 

Section 1.03. Form of Documents Delivered. 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that
all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other
such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a
certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his or her certificate
or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a 

  
 10 

 
certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company
unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or
other instruments under this Purchase Contract Agreement, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 

Section 1.04. Acts of Holders; Record Dates. 

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Purchase Contract
Agreement to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly
provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Purchase Contract Agent and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein
and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for
any purpose of this Purchase Contract Agreement and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Purchase Contract Agent and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section. 

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any manner which the
Purchase Contract Agent deems sufficient. 
 (c) The ownership of Purchase Contracts shall be proved by the Security
Registrar upon review of the Security Register. 
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other Act of the Holder of any Purchase Contract shall bind every future Holder of the same Purchase Contract and the Holder of such Purchase Contract issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in
respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Purchase Contract Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Purchase Contract. 

(e) The Company may set any date as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Purchase Contracts
entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Purchase Contract Agreement to be given, made or taken by Holders of Purchase Contracts. If any
record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of the Outstanding Purchase Contracts on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action with respect to the Purchase Contracts, whether or not such
Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, however, that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken prior to or on the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite number of Outstanding Purchase
Contracts on such record date. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the
record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and be of no effect), and nothing contained in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite number
of Outstanding Purchase Contracts on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the
applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Purchase Contract Agent in writing and to each Holder of Purchase Contracts in the manner set forth in Section 1.06. 

With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the Company may designate any date as the “Expiration Date” and
from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided, however, that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the Purchase Contract Agent in
writing, and to each Holder of Purchase Contracts in the manner set forth in Section 1.06, prior to or on the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record

  
 11 

 
date set pursuant to this Section, the Company shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right
to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the 180th day after the applicable record date. 

Section 1.05. Notices. 

Any notice or communication is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return
receipt requested), telecopier (with receipt confirmed) or overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery to the applicable address below: 

if to the Purchase Contract Agent or Trustee: 

U.S. Bank National Association 

Attn: Corporate Trust Officer 

555 San Felipe, Suite 1150 

Houston, Texas 77056 
 if to the
Company: 
 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building Two, Suite 500 

Austin, Texas 78746 
 Attn: Chief
Financial Officer 
 with a copy to: 

6300 Bee Cave Road, Building Two, Suite 500 

Austin, Texas 78746 
 Attn:
General Counsel 
 Section 1.06. Notice to Holders; Waiver. 

Where this Purchase Contract Agreement provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise
herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at its address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date,
prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with
respect to other Holders. Where this Purchase Contract Agreement provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the
equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Purchase Contract Agent, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. Notwithstanding the
foregoing or any other provision of this Purchase Contract Agreement to the contrary, whenever notice is required to be given to a holder of a Global Security pursuant to this Agreement, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the
Depositary for such Security (or its designee), pursuant to customary procedures of such Depositary. 
 Section 1.07. Effect of
Headings and Table of Contents. 
 The Article and Section headings herein and in the Table of Contents are for convenience
only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 Section 1.08. Successors and Assigns. 

All covenants and agreements in this Purchase Contract Agreement by the Company and the Purchase Contract Agent shall bind their respective
successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. 

  
 12 

 Section 1.09. Separability Clause. 

In case any provision in this Purchase Contract Agreement or in the Purchase Contracts shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 1.10. Benefits of Agreement. 

Nothing contained in this Purchase Contract Agreement or in the Purchase Contracts, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than
the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and, to the extent provided hereby, the Holders, any benefits or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Purchase Contract Agreement. The Holders from time to time shall be
beneficiaries of this Purchase Contract Agreement and shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions hereof and of the Purchase Contracts by their acceptance of delivery of such Purchase Contracts. 

Section 1.11. Governing Law. 

This Purchase Contract Agreement, the Units and the Purchase Contracts, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this
Purchase Contract Agreement, the Units or the Purchase Contracts shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof that would result in the
application of law other than the laws of the State of New York). 
 Section 1.12. Conflicts with Indenture. 

To the extent that any provision of this Purchase Contract Agreement relating to or affecting the Notes conflicts with or is inconsistent with
the Indenture, the Indenture shall govern. 
 Section 1.13. Legal Holidays. 

In any case where any Settlement Date shall not be a Business Day, notwithstanding any other provision of this Purchase Contract Agreement or
the Purchase Contracts, the settlement of the Purchase Contracts shall not be effected on such date, but instead shall be effected on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such Settlement Date, and no interest
or other amounts shall accrue or be payable by the Company or to any Holder in respect of such delay. 
 Section 1.14.
Counterparts. 
 This Purchase Contract Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts by the parties hereto on
separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. 

Section 1.15. Inspection of Agreement. 

A copy of this Purchase Contract Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times during normal business hours at the Corporate Trust
Office for inspection by any Holder or Beneficial Owner. 
 Section 1.16. Waiver of Jury Trial. 

EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW,
ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

  
 13 

 Section 1.17. Force Majeure. 

In no event shall either of the Purchase Contract Agent or the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of
its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural
catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that each of the Purchase Contract Agent and the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts
which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

Section 1.18. Calculations. 

The solicitation of any necessary bids and the performance of any calculations to be made hereunder shall be the sole obligation of the
Company. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determination of the applicable Fixed Settlement Rates, the Early Settlement Rate, the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rate, the Closing Price, the Reference Price and the Threshold
Appreciation Price as the case may be. All calculations made by the Company or its agent hereunder shall be made in good faith and, absent manifest error, be final and binding on the Purchase Contract Agent, the Trustee, each Paying Agent and on the
Holders. For any calculations to be made by the Company or its agent hereunder, the Company shall provide a schedule of such calculations to the Purchase Contract Agent and the Trustee, and each of the Purchase Contract Agent and the Trustee shall
be entitled to conclusively rely upon the accuracy of the calculations by the Company or its agent without independent verification, shall have no liability with respect thereto and shall have no liability to the Holders for any loss any of them may
incur in connection with no independent verification having been done. 
 Section 1.19. UCC. 

Each Purchase Contract (whether or not included in a Unit) is a security governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in
the State of New York on the date hereof. 
 ARTICLE II 

UNIT AND PURCHASE CONTRACT FORMS 

Section 2.01. Forms of Units and Purchase Contracts Generally. 

The Units and Purchase Contracts shall be in substantially the forms set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto, respectively,
which shall be incorporated in and made a part of this Purchase Contract Agreement, with such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements printed, lithographed or engraved thereon as may be
required by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Units or Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, are (or may in the future be) listed or any depositary therefor, or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers of the
Company executing such Units and Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, as evidenced by their execution thereof. 
 The Units and Purchase
Contracts shall be issuable only in registered form and only in denominations of a single Unit or Purchase Contract, as the case may be, and any integral multiple thereof. 

The Units will initially be issued in the form of one or more fully registered Global Units as set forth in Section 3.06. The Purchase
Contracts will initially be issued as Component Purchase Contracts substantially in the form of Attachment 3 to the form of Global Unit attached as Exhibit A hereto, will be attached to the related Global Unit and registered in the name of
U.S. Bank National Association, as attorney-in-fact of the holder(s) of such Global Unit, and will trade under the CUSIP number 346232 309 for the Units. 

Definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved with steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as
determined by the officers of the Company executing the Units or Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, evidenced by such Definitive Securities, consistent with the provisions of this Purchase Contract Agreement, as evidenced by their execution
thereof. 

  
 14 

 Every Global Unit and Global Purchase Contract executed, authenticated on behalf of the Holders
and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL [UNIT / PURCHASE
CONTRACT] WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., AS NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE “DEPOSITARY”), THE
DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY. THIS GLOBAL [UNIT / PURCHASE CONTRACT] IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE
PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE
DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES. 
 UNLESS THIS GLOBAL [UNIT / PURCHASE CONTRACT] IS PRESENTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY
(AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE
THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 Section 2.02. Form of Certificate of
Authentication. 
 The form of certificate of authentication of the Units and Purchase Contracts shall be in substantially
the form set forth in the form of Unit or form of Purchase Contract attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B, respectively. 

Section 2.03. Global Securities; Separation of Units. 

(a) On any Business Day during the period beginning on, and including, the Business Day immediately succeeding the Issue Date
to, but excluding, the third Business Day immediately preceding the Scheduled Mandatory Settlement Date, a Holder or Beneficial Owner of a Unit may separate such Unit into its constituent Purchase Contract and Note (each such separated Purchase
Contract and separated Note, a “Separate Purchase Contract” and “Separate Note,” respectively), which will thereafter trade under their respective CUSIP numbers (346232 119 and 346232 200), and that Unit
will cease to exist. Beneficial interests in a Unit, and after separation, the Separate Purchase Contract and Separate Note, will be shown on and transfers will be effected through direct or indirect participants in DTC. Beneficial interests in
Units, Separate Purchase Contracts and Separate Notes will be evidenced by Global Units, Global Purchase Contracts and Global Notes, respectively. In order to separate a Unit into its component parts, a Beneficial Owner must deliver written
instruction to the broker or other direct or indirect participant (the “Participant”) through which it holds an interest in such Unit to notify DTC through DTC’s Deposit/Withdrawal at Custodian System (the “DWAC
System”) of such Beneficial Owner’s election to separate such Unit, following which the Purchase Contract Agent or Trustee, as applicable, shall register (i) a decrease in the Global Unit and the amount of Purchase Contracts and
Notes by the Component Purchase Contract and the Component Note attached to the Global Unit as Attachments 3 and 4, respectively, as set forth in Schedule A to each such attachment, and (ii) a corresponding increase in the amounts of the Global
Purchase Contract and Global Note. If, however, such Unit is in the form of a Definitive Security in accordance with Section 3.09, the Holder thereof must deliver to the Purchase Contract Agent such Unit, together with a separation notice, in
the form set forth in Attachment 1 to the form of Unit attached hereto as Exhibit A. Upon the receipt of such separation notice, the Company shall promptly cause delivery, in accordance with the delivery instructions set forth in such
separation notice, of one Separate Purchase Contract and one Separate Note for each such Unit. Separate Purchase Contracts and Separate Notes will be transferable independently from each other. 

(b) Holders which elect to separate the Note and related Purchase Contract in accordance with this Section 2.03 shall be
responsible for any fees or expenses payable in connection with such separation, and the Company shall not be responsible for any such fees or expenses. 

  
 15 

 Each of the Purchase Contract Agent and the Trustee is authorized to act in accordance with any
letter of representations executed by the Company in favor of DTC. 
 Section 2.04. Recreation of Units. 

(a) On any Business Day before the third Business Day immediately preceding the Scheduled Mandatory Settlement Date, a Holder
or Beneficial Owner of a Separate Purchase Contract and a Separate Note may recreate a Unit (which will thereafter trade under the CUSIP number 346232 309 for the Units), and each such Separate Purchase Contract and Separate Note will cease to
exist immediately after such recreation. In order to recreate a Separate Purchase Contract and Separate Note into a Unit, a Beneficial Owner must deliver written instruction to the Participant through which it holds an interest in such Separate
Purchase Contract and Separate Note to notify DTC through the DTC’s DWAC System of such Beneficial Owner’s election to recreate a Unit, following which the Purchase Contract Agent or Trustee, as applicable, shall register (i) an
increase in the Global Unit and the amount of Purchase Contracts and Notes represented by the Component Purchase Contract and the Component Note attached to the Global Unit as Attachments 3 and 4, respectively, as set forth in Schedule A to each
such attachment, and (ii) a corresponding decrease in the amounts of the Global Purchase Contract and Global Note. If, however, such Separate Purchase Contract and Separate Note are in the form of Definitive Securities, the Holder thereof must
deliver to the Purchase Contract Agent such Definitive Securities, together with a recreation notice, in the form set forth in Attachment 2 to the form of Unit attached hereto as Exhibit A. Upon the receipt of such recreation notice, the
Company shall promptly cause delivery, in accordance with the delivery instructions set forth in such recreation notice, of one Unit in definitive form for such Definitive Securities. 

(b) Holders that recreate Units in accordance with this Section 2.04 shall be responsible for any fees or expenses payable
in connection with such recreation, and the Company shall not be responsible for any such fees or expenses. 
 ARTICLE III 

THE UNITS AND PURCHASE CONTRACTS 

Section 3.01. Amount and Denominations. 

The aggregate number of Units and Separate Purchase Contracts evidenced by Equity-Linked Securities executed, authenticated on behalf of the
Holders and delivered hereunder is limited in each case to 6,000,000, except for Units and Separate Purchase Contracts executed, authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Units and Separate
Purchase Contracts pursuant to Section 3.04, Section 3.05, Section 3.10, or Section 8.05. 
 Equity-Linked Securities
that are not in the form of Global Securities shall be issuable in denominations of one Equity-Linked Security and integral multiples in excess thereof. 

Section 3.02. Rights and Obligations Evidenced by the Equity-Linked Securities. 

Each Equity-Linked Security shall evidence the number of Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, specified therein, with
each such Unit or Separate Purchase Contract representing the rights and obligations of the Holder thereof and the Company under one Unit or one Separate Purchase Contract, respectively. In the case of a Unit or a Separate Purchase Contract, the
Holder of such Unit or Separate Purchase Contract, as the case may be, shall, for all purposes hereunder and under the Indenture, be deemed to be the Holder of the Note and Purchase Contract that are components of such Unit, or of such Separate
Contract, respectively. 
 Prior to settlement of any Purchase Contract, the shares of Common Stock deliverable upon settlement of such
Purchase Contract shall not be outstanding and, prior to the relevant time set forth in the immediately following 

  
 16 

 
sentence for an Early Settlement or a Mandatory Settlement, as the case may be, such Purchase Contract shall not entitle the Holder thereof to any of the rights of a holder of Common Stock,
including, without limitation, the right to vote or receive any dividends or other distributions or to consent or to receive notice as a shareholder in respect of the meetings of shareholders or for the election of directors for any other matter, or
any other rights whatsoever as a shareholder of the Company. The Person in whose name any shares of the Common Stock shall be issuable upon settlement of a Purchase Contract shall be deemed to become the holder of record of such shares at the Close
of Business on (i) in the case of an Early Settlement, the Early Settlement Exercise Date, or (ii) in the case of a Mandatory Settlement, the last VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period. 

Section 3.03. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating. 

Upon the execution and delivery of this Purchase Contract Agreement, and at any time and from time to time thereafter, the Company may deliver
Equity-Linked Securities executed by the Company to the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee for authentication on behalf of the Holders and delivery, together with an Issuer Order for authentication of such Equity-Linked Securities, and the Purchase
Contract Agent and Trustee (if applicable) in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate on behalf of the Holders and deliver such Equity-Linked Securities. 

The Equity-Linked Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by any authorized officer of the Company. The signature of any such
officer on the Equity-Linked Securities may be manual or facsimile. 
 Equity-Linked Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signature of
an individual who was at any time the proper officer of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Equity-Linked Securities or did not
hold such offices at the date of such Equity-Linked Securities. 
 Each Equity-Linked Security shall be dated the date of its
authentication. 
 No Equity-Linked Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Purchase Contract Agreement or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Equity-Linked Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by an authorized officer of the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee (if applicable)
by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Equity-Linked Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Equity-Linked Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. 

Section 3.04. Temporary Equity-Linked Securities. 

Pending the preparation of Definitive Equity-Linked Securities, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Purchase Contract Agent and, in
the case of Units, Trustee, and the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee (if applicable) shall authenticate on behalf of the Holders, and deliver, in lieu of such Definitive Equity-Linked Securities, temporary Equity-Linked Securities that are in
substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A or Exhibit B hereto, as the case may be, with such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements printed, lithographed or engraved
thereon as may be required by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, are listed, or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers of the Company executing such
Equity-Linked Securities, as evidenced by their execution of the Equity-Linked Securities. 
 If temporary Equity-Linked Securities are
issued, the Company will cause Definitive Equity-Linked Securities to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of Definitive Equity-Linked Securities, the temporary Equity-Linked Securities shall be exchangeable for Definitive
Equity-Linked Securities upon surrender of the temporary Equity-Linked Securities at the Corporate Trust Office, at the expense of the Company and without charge to the Holder or the Purchase Contract Agent. Upon surrender for cancellation of any
one or more temporary Equity-Linked Securities, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Purchase Contract Agent and, in the case of Units, Trustee, and the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee (if applicable) shall authenticate on behalf of the
Holder, and deliver in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Equity-Linked Securities of like tenor 

  
 17 

 
and denominations and evidencing a like number of Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, as the temporary Equity-Linked Security or Equity-Linked Securities so surrendered.
Until so exchanged, the temporary Equity-Linked Securities shall in all respects evidence the same benefits and the same obligations with respect to the Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, evidenced thereby as Definitive
Equity-Linked Securities. 
 Section 3.05. Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange. 

The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the “Security Register”) in which, subject to
such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Equity-Linked Securities and of transfers of Equity-Linked Securities. The Purchase Contract Agent is hereby initially appointed Security Registrar
(the “Security Registrar”) for the purpose of registration of Equity-Linked Securities and transfers of Equity-Linked Securities as provided herein. The Security Registrar shall record separately the registration and transfer of the
Equity-Linked Securities evidencing Units and Separate Purchase Contracts. 
 Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any
Equity-Linked Security at the Corporate Trust Office, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee, and the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee shall authenticate on behalf of the designated transferee or
transferees, and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Equity-Linked Securities of any authorized denominations, of like tenor, and evidencing a like number of Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as the
case may be. 
 At the option of the Holder, Equity-Linked Securities may be exchanged for other Equity-Linked Securities of any authorized
denominations and evidencing a like number of Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, upon surrender of the Equity-Linked Securities to be exchanged at the Corporate Trust Office. Whenever any Equity-Linked Securities are so
surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee, and the Purchase Contract Agent and, in the case of Units, Trustee shall authenticate on behalf of the Holder, and deliver the Equity-Linked
Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. 
 All Equity-Linked Securities issued upon any registration of
transfer or exchange of an Equity-Linked Security shall evidence the ownership of the same number of Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, and be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same obligations, under this
Purchase Contract Agreement as the Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, evidenced by the Equity-Linked Security surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

Every Equity-Linked Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Purchase Contract
Agent) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Purchase Contract Agent duly executed by the Holder thereof, or its attorney duly authorized in writing. 

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of an Equity-Linked Security, but the Company may require payment
from the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Equity-Linked Securities, other than any exchanges pursuant to
Section 3.09 and Section 8.05 not involving any transfer. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the
Company shall not be obligated to execute and deliver to the Purchase Contract Agent, and the Purchase Contract Agent and, in the case of Units, the Trustee, shall not be obligated to authenticate on behalf of the Holder or deliver any Equity-Linked
Security in exchange for any other Equity-Linked Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange on or after the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such
Equity-Linked Security. In lieu of delivery of a new Equity-Linked Security, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified above in this Section and receipt of appropriate registration or transfer instructions from such Holder, the
Purchase Contract Agent shall, if a Settlement Date with respect to such Equity-Linked Security has occurred, deliver the shares of Common Stock deliverable in respect of the Purchase Contracts evidenced by such Equity-Linked Security (together with
Separate Notes equal to the number of, and in the same form as, the Notes evidenced by such Equity-Linked Security if such Equity-Linked Security is a Unit and if the Repurchase Right is not applicable or, if applicable, not exercised). 

  
 18 

 Section 3.06. Book-Entry Interests. 

The Units, the Separate Purchase Contracts and the Separate Notes, on original issuance, will be issued in the form of one or more fully
registered Global Units, Global Purchase Contracts and Global Notes, respectively, to be delivered to the Depositary or its custodian by, or on behalf of, the Company. The Company hereby designates DTC as the initial Depositary. Such Global
Securities shall initially be registered on the books and records of the Company in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, and no Beneficial Owner will receive a Definitive Security representing such Beneficial Owner’s interest in
such Global Security, except as provided in Section 3.09. The Purchase Contract Agent shall enter into an agreement with the Depositary if so requested by the Company in writing. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Securities have
been issued to Beneficial Owners pursuant to Section 3.09: 
 (i) the provisions of this Section 3.06 shall be in
full force and effect; 
 (ii) the Company shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary for all purposes of this Purchase
Contract Agreement (including receiving approvals, votes or consents hereunder) as the Holder of the Global Units and Global Purchase Contracts and shall have no obligation to the Beneficial Owners as such; 

(iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section 3.06 conflict with any other provisions of this Purchase Contract
Agreement, the provisions of this Section 3.06 shall control; and 
 (iv) the rights of the Beneficial Owners shall be
exercised only through the Depositary and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Beneficial Owners and the Depositary or the Depositary Participants. 

Section 3.07. Notices to Holders. 

Whenever a notice or other communication to the Holders is required to be given under this Purchase Contract Agreement, the Company or the
Company’s agent shall give such notices and communications to the Holders and, with respect to any Units or Separate Purchase Contracts registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary, the Company or the Company’s
agent shall, except as set forth herein, have no obligations to the Beneficial Owners. 
 Section 3.08. Appointment of Successor
Depositary. 
 If the Depositary elects to discontinue its services as securities depositary with respect to the Units or
Separate Purchase Contracts, the Company may, in its sole discretion, appoint a successor Depositary with respect to such Units or such Separate Purchase Contracts, as the case may be. 

Section 3.09. Definitive Securities. 

If: 
 (i) the
Depositary is no longer a Clearing Agency or is unwilling or unable to continue its services as securities depositary with respect to the Global Securities and a successor Depositary is not appointed within 90 days after such discontinuance pursuant
to Section 3.08; or 
 (iii) the Company elects, in its sole discretion, to allow some or all Global Units, Global
Purchase Contracts or Global Notes to be exchangeable for securities in registered definitive form, 

  
 19 

 then (x) Definitive Securities shall be prepared by the Company with respect to such Global Securities and
delivered to the Purchase Contract Agent and the Trustee, and (y) upon surrender of such Global Securities by the Depositary, accompanied by registration instructions, the Company shall cause Definitive Securities to be executed, authenticated
and delivered to Beneficial Owners in accordance with the instructions of the Depositary. The Company shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such
instructions. Each Definitive Security so delivered shall evidence Units or Separate Purchase Contracts or Separate Notes, as the case may be, of the same kind and tenor as the Global Security so surrendered in respect thereof. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the exchange of Global Notes for Separate Notes in definitive form shall be governed by the Indenture. 

Section 3.10. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities. 

If any mutilated Equity-Linked Security is surrendered to the Purchase Contract Agent, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Purchase
Contract Agent and Trustee, and the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee shall authenticate on behalf of the Holder, and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Equity-Linked Security, evidencing the same number of Units or Separate Purchase Contracts,
as the case may be, and bearing a security number not contemporaneously outstanding. 
 If there shall be delivered to the Company, the
Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Equity-Linked Security, and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be reasonably required by them to hold each of them and any
agent of any of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company, the Purchase Contract Agent or Trustee that such Equity-Linked Security has been acquired by a “protected purchaser” (as such term is defined in
Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code of New York as then in effect), the Company shall execute and deliver to the Purchase Contract Agent and, in the case of Units, Trustee, and the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee (if applicable)
shall authenticate on behalf of the Holder, and deliver to the Holder, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Equity-Linked Security, a new Equity-Linked Security, evidencing the same number of Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as the
case may be, and bearing a security number not contemporaneously outstanding. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing,
the Company shall not be obligated to execute and deliver to the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee, and the Purchase Contract Agent and, in the case of Units, Trustee shall not be obligated to authenticate on behalf of the Holder, and deliver to
the Holder, an Equity-Linked Security on or after the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Equity-Linked Security. In lieu of delivery of a new Equity-Linked Security, upon satisfaction of the applicable
conditions specified above in this Section and receipt of appropriate registration or transfer instructions from such Holder, the Purchase Contract Agent shall, if a Settlement Date with respect to such Equity-Linked Security has occurred, deliver
or arrange for delivery of the shares of Common Stock deliverable in respect of the Purchase Contracts evidenced by such Equity-Linked Security (together with Separate Notes equal to the number of, and in the same form as, the Notes evidenced by
such Equity-Linked Security if such Equity-Linked Security is a Unit and if the Repurchase Right is not applicable or, if applicable, not exercised). 

Upon the issuance of any new Equity-Linked Security under this Section 3.10, the Company and the Purchase Contract Agent may require the
payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Purchase Contract Agent) connected therewith.

 Every new Equity-Linked Security issued pursuant to this Section 3.10 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Equity-Linked
Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company and of the Holder in respect of the Unit or Separate Purchase Contract, as the case may be, evidenced thereby, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen
Equity-Linked Security shall be found at any time. Such new Equity-Linked Security (and the Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as applicable, evidenced thereby) shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits
and be subject to all the obligations of this Purchase Contract Agreement equally and proportionately with any and all other Equity-Linked Securities delivered hereunder. 

  
 20 

 The provisions of this Section 3.10 are exclusive and shall preclude, to the extent lawful,
all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Equity-Linked Securities. 

Section 3.11. Persons Deemed Owners. 

Prior to due presentment of an Equity-Linked Security for registration of transfer, the Company and the Purchase Contract Agent, and any agent
of the Company or the Purchase Contract Agent, may treat the Person in whose name such Equity-Linked Security is registered as the absolute owner of the Unit or Purchase Contract, as the case may be, evidenced thereby, for the purpose of performance
of the Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as applicable, evidenced by such Equity-Linked Securities and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Purchase Contract Agent, nor any agent of the Company or the Purchase
Contract Agent, shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, with respect to
any Global Unit or Global Purchase Contract, nothing contained herein shall prevent the Company, the Purchase Contract Agent or any agent of the Company or the Purchase Contract Agent from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other
authorization furnished by the Depositary (or its nominee), as a Holder, with respect to such Global Unit or Global Purchase Contract or impair, as between such Depositary and the related Beneficial Owner, the operation of customary practices
governing the exercise of rights of the Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of such Global Unit or Global Purchase Contract. 

Section 3.12. Cancellation. 

All Securities surrendered for separation or recreation and all Equity-Linked Securities surrendered for settlement or upon the
registration of transfer or exchange of an Equity-Linked Security shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Purchase Contract Agent, be delivered to the Purchase Contract Agent and, if not already cancelled, be promptly cancelled by it;
provided, however, that the Purchase Contract Agent shall deliver any Notes or Separate Notes so surrendered to it to the Trustee and Paying Agent (as defined in the Indenture) for disposition in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture. The Company may at any time deliver to the Purchase Contract Agent for cancellation any Equity-Linked Securities previously executed, authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and
all Equity-Linked Securities so delivered shall, upon an Issuer Order, be promptly cancelled by the Purchase Contract Agent; provided, however, that if the Equity-Linked Securities so delivered are Units, the Purchase Contract Agent
shall deliver the Notes comprising such Units to the Trustee and Paying Agent (as defined in the Indenture) for disposition in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. No Equity-Linked Securities shall be executed, authenticated on behalf of
the Holder and delivered in lieu of or in exchange for any Equity-Linked Securities cancelled as provided in this Section 3.12, except as expressly permitted by this Purchase Contract Agreement. All cancelled Equity-Linked Securities held by
the Purchase Contract Agent shall be disposed of in accordance with its customary practices. 
 If the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company shall acquire any Equity-Linked Security, such acquisition shall not operate as a cancellation of such Equity-Linked Security unless and until such Equity-Linked Security is delivered to the Purchase Contract Agent for cancellation, in
which case such Equity-Linked Security shall be accompanied by an Issuer Order and cancelled in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph. 

ARTICLE IV 
 SETTLEMENT
OF THE PURCHASE CONTRACTS 
 Section 4.01. Settlement Amount. 

Each Purchase Contract obligates the Company to deliver, on the third Business Day immediately following the last VWAP Trading Day of
the Observation Period, a number of shares of Common Stock (subject to Section 4.05 and ARTICLE V) equal to the Settlement Amount for such Purchase Contract, as determined by the Company (a “Mandatory Settlement”), unless such
Purchase Contract previously settles early at the option of Holders pursuant to Section 4.04 or Section 5.02.  

  
 21 

 The “Settlement Amount” per Purchase Contract is equal to the sum of the
Daily Settlement Amounts for each of the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during the relevant Observation Period. 
 The
“Daily Settlement Amount” means for each Purchase Contract and for each of the 20 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during the relevant Observation Period:  

(i) if the Daily VWAP of the Common Stock is equal to or greater than $22.9080 per Share, subject to adjustment as provided
herein (the “Threshold Appreciation Price”), a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) 1.0913 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided herein (the “Minimum Settlement Rate”) divided by
(ii) 20; 
 (ii) if the Daily VWAP of the Common stock is less than the Threshold Appreciation Price but greater than
$19.09 per Share, subject to adjustment as provided herein (the “Reference Price”), a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) the Unit Stated Amount divided by the Daily VWAP divided by (ii) 20; and

 (iii) if the Daily VWAP of the Common Stock is less than or equal to the Reference Price, a number of shares of Common
Stock equal to (i) 1.3095 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided herein (the “Maximum Settlement Rate”) divided by (ii) 20. 

The Company shall give notice of the Settlement Amount to the Purchase Contract Agent and Holders no later than the Close of Business on the
Business Day immediately following the last VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period. 
 Section 4.02. Representations and
Agreements of Holders and Beneficial Owners. 
 Each Holder of a Unit or Separate Purchase Contract by its acceptance
thereof, and each beneficial owner (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of a Unit or Separate Purchase Contract by its acquisition, will be deemed to have: 

(i) irrevocably authorized and directed the Purchase Contract Agent to execute and deliver on its behalf and perform the
Purchase Contract Agreement on its behalf, and appointed the Purchase Contract Agent as its attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes; 

(ii) in the case of a Purchase Contract that is a component of a Unit, or that is evidenced by a Separate Purchase Contract,
irrevocably authorized and directed the Purchase Contract Agent to execute, deliver and hold on its behalf the Separate Purchase Contract or the Component Purchase Contract evidencing such Purchase Contract, and appointed the Purchase Contract Agent
as its attorney-in-fact for any and all purposes; 
 (iii) consented to, and agreed to be bound by, the terms and provisions
of this Purchase Contract Agreement; 
 (iv) represented that either (1) no portion of the assets used to acquire and
hold the Units constitutes assets of any (A) employee benefit plan that is subject to Title I of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), (B) plan, individual retirement account or other
arrangement that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of the Code or ERISA (collectively, “Similar Laws”) or
(C) entity whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of such plan, account or arrangement within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-103, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise or
(2) its purchasing and holding of the Units and its acquiring of shares of Common Stock upon settlement of the Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406
of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws; 

  
 22 

 (v) agreed that if the Company or other applicable withholding agent pays
withholding taxes or backup withholding on behalf of a Holder or beneficial owner (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of a Unit or Separate Purchase Contract as a result of an adjustment to the Fixed Settlement Rate, the Company or other
applicable withholding agent may, at its option, set off such payments against payments of any cash or Common Stock payable on the sale, settlement or other disposition of such Unit or Separate Purchase Contract; and 

(vi) in the case of a Unit, agreed, for all purposes, including U.S. federal income tax purposes, to treat (1) a Unit as
an investment unit composed of two separate instruments, in accordance with in the form of Unit attached hereto as Exhibit A (2) the Notes as indebtedness of the Company and (3) the allocation of the Unit Stated Amount between the
Purchase Contract and the Note component of such Unit so that the initial tax basis in such Purchase Contract will be $20.7478 and the initial tax basis in such Note will be $ 4.2522. 

Section 4.03. Delivery Upon Settlement of the Purchase Contracts. 

(a) On the applicable Settlement Date (or, with respect to an Early Settlement Exercise Date or a Fundamental Change Early
Settlement Date, on the date provided for in the first sentence of Section 4.04(c) or in Section 5.02(f), respectively), the Company shall issue and deliver to the Purchase Contract Agent, for the benefit of the Holders of the Outstanding
Purchase Contracts (or their designees), the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock to which such Holders are entitled hereunder, registered in the name of the Purchase Contract Agent (or its
nominee) as custodian for the Holders (such cash and shares of Common Stock, together with any dividends or distributions with respect to such shares for which a Record Date and payment date for such dividend or distribution have occurred on or
after the applicable Determination Date, the “Purchase Contract Settlement Fund”). When any cash is required to be delivered to Holders pursuant to this ARTICLE IV or Section 5.02, the Purchase Contract Agent shall deliver such
cash, including any dividends or distributions with respect to the shares constituting part of the Purchase Contract Settlement Fund (but without interest thereon) to such Holders, in accordance with the written direction of the Company. 

(b) On the applicable Settlement Date, upon (i) surrender of the Units or Separate Purchase Contracts by book entry
transfer or by delivery of any Units or Separate Purchase Contracts in definitive form to the Purchase Contract Agent with duly endorsed for transfer to the Company or in blank and with duly completed settlement instructions in the form attached
thereto, or if such Purchase Contract is represented by a Global Security, surrendering the relevant Security (or causing a reduction in the number of Purchase Contracts represented thereby, if applicable) in compliance with the standing
arrangements between the Depositary and the Purchase Contract Agent, and (ii) the payment of any transfer or similar taxes payable pursuant to Section 4.03(c), the Purchase Contract Agent shall transfer the shares of Common Stock
deliverable upon settlement of such Purchase Contracts, together with (i) cash in lieu of fractional shares as provided in Section 4.05, (ii) the Separate Note (in the case of the transfer or delivery of Units, but not in the case of
settlement on the Mandatory Settlement Date if such Separate Note matures on the Mandatory Settlement Date) and (iii) any dividends or distributions with respect to such shares constituting part of the Purchase Contract Settlement Fund, but
without any interest thereon, to such Holder by book-entry transfer, or other appropriate procedures, in accordance with such instructions. 

(c) The shares of Common Stock deliverable upon settlement of the Purchase Contracts shall be registered in the name of the
Holder or the Holder’s designee as specified in the settlement instructions provided by the Holder to the Purchase Contract Agent, and the Company will pay all stock transfer and similar taxes attributable to the delivery thereof, unless any
such transfer or similar tax is payable in respect of any registration of such shares in a name of a Person other than the Person in whose name the Security evidencing such Purchase Contract is registered, in which case the Company shall not be
required to pay any such transfer or similar taxes and no such registration shall be made unless the Person requesting such registration has paid any such transfer or similar taxes required by reason of such registration in a name of a Person other
than the Person in whose name the Security evidencing such Purchase Contract is registered or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax either has been paid or is not payable. 

  
 23 

 In the event a Holder fails to effect surrender or delivery of its Units or Separate Purchase
Contracts in accordance with the provisions hereof, the shares of Common Stock deliverable upon settlement of such Purchase Contracts, and any distributions thereon, shall be held in the name of the Purchase Contract Agent or its nominee in trust
for the benefit of such Holder, until the earlier to occur of: 
 (i) the surrender of the relevant Units or Separate
Purchase Contracts for settlement in accordance with the provisions hereof or receipt by the Company and the Purchase Contract Agent from such Holder of satisfactory evidence that such Units or Separate Purchase Contracts have been destroyed, lost
or stolen, together with any reasonable indemnity that may be required by the Purchase Contract Agent and the Company; and 

(ii) the passage of two (2) years from the Settlement Date, following which the Purchase Contract Agent shall pay to the
Company such Holder’s shares of Common Stock and any distributions thereon; provided, however, that the Purchase Contract Agent, before making any such payment to the Company, may at the expense of the Company cause to be
published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each such Holder notice that such property remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such
publication or mailing, any unclaimed balance of such property then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, (A) Holders entitled to such property must look to the Company for payment as general creditors, unless
applicable abandoned property law designates another person, and (B) all liability of the Purchase Contract Agent with respect to such property shall cease. 

Section 4.04. Early Settlement. 

(a) Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.04, any Business Day during the period beginning
on, and including, the Business Day immediately following the Issue Date to, but excluding, the third Business Day immediately preceding the Scheduled Mandatory Settlement Date, a Holder of a Unit or Separate Purchase Contract may elect to settle
its Purchase Contracts early, in whole or in part (an “Early Settlement”) at the Early Settlement Rate per Purchase Contract. 

(b) A Holder’s right to receive shares of Common Stock, together with cash in lieu of fractional shares as provided in
Section 4.05, upon Early Settlement of any of its Purchase Contracts is subject to the following conditions: 
 (i)
delivery of a written and signed notice of election (an “Early Settlement Notice”) in the form attached to the Purchase Contract to the Purchase Contract Agent electing Early Settlement of such Purchase Contract (or, in the case of
a Global Purchase Contract or a Component Purchase Contract, delivery of notice of such election in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depositary); 

(ii) if such Purchase Contract or the Unit that includes such Purchase Contract is in the form of a Definitive Security,
surrendering the relevant Definitive Security to the Purchase Contract Agent at the Corporate Trust Office duly endorsed for transfer to the Company or in blank and with duly completed settlement instructions in the form attached thereto, or if such
Purchase Contract is represented by a Global Security, surrendering the relevant Security (or causing a reduction in the number of Purchase Contracts represented thereby, if applicable) in compliance with the standing arrangements between the
Depositary and the Purchase Contract Agent; and 
 (iii) payment by such Holder of any transfer or similar taxes payable in
connection with the issuance of Common Stock to any Person other than such Holder pursuant to Section 4.04(c) below. 
 The
first Business Day on which a Holder complies with the requirements set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) above before the Close of Business on such Business Day shall be considered the “Early Settlement Exercise
Date.” 

  
 24 

 (c) Upon surrender or book-entry transfer of such Purchase Contracts or the
related Units in accordance with Section 4.03, the Company shall cause a number of shares of Common Stock, per Purchase Contract or Unit, as applicable, equal to the Early Settlement Rate to be issued and delivered, together with payment in
lieu of any fraction of a share as provided in Section 4.05, on or prior to the third Business Day following the Early Settlement Exercise Date. Such shares shall be registered in the name of the Holder or the Holder’s designee, and shall
be delivered as specified on the applicable Election to Settle Early form substantially in form attached to Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable, provided by the Holder to the Purchase Contract Agent. If any shares of Common Stock
deliverable in respect of a Purchase Contract are to be registered to a Person other than the Person in whose name the Security evidencing such Purchase Contract is registered, no such registration shall be made unless the Person requesting such
registration has paid any transfer and other taxes required by reason of such registration in a name other than that of the registered Holder of the certificate evidencing such Purchase Contract or has established to the satisfaction of the Company
that such tax either has been paid or is not payable. 
 (d) In the event that Early Settlement is effected with respect to
Purchase Contracts that are a component of Units, upon such Early Settlement the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate on behalf of the Holder thereof and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a number of
Separate Notes, in same form as the Notes comprising part of the Units, equal to the number of Purchase Contracts as to which Early Settlement was effected. 

(e) In the event that Early Settlement is effected with respect to Purchase Contracts represented by less than all the Purchase
Contracts evidenced by a Security, upon such Early Settlement the Company shall execute and the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee shall authenticate on behalf of the Holder and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, one or
more Securities evidencing the Purchase Contracts (and, if applicable, Notes) as to which Early Settlement was not effected. 

Section 4.05. No Fractional Shares. 

The Company will deliver cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon settlement of the Units or Separate Purchase
Contracts based on the (i) Closing Price on the relevant Early Settlement Exercise Date or, if such date is not a Trading Day, the immediately preceding Trading Day (in the case of an Early Settlement) or (ii) Daily VWAP on the last VWAP
Trading Day of the Observation Period (in the case of a Mandatory Settlement). The Company will calculate the whole number of shares of Common Stock and the amount of any fractional share of Common Stock due upon settlement of a Unit or a Separate
Purchase Contract based on the aggregate number of Units or Separate Purchase Contracts being settled by each Holder with the same Early Settlement Exercise Date or Observation Period, as applicable, or based on such other aggregate number of Units
or Separate Purchase Contracts being settled in respect of the same Early Settlement Exercise Date or Observation Period, as applicable, as DTC may otherwise request. 

Section 4.06. Acceleration of the Mandatory Settlement Date. 

If a Bankruptcy Event occurs on any day (such day the “Acceleration Date”), the Mandatory Settlement Date for each Unit or
Separate Purchase Contract shall automatically be accelerated to the Acceleration Date, and the Company shall cause to be delivered the shares of Common Stock or Units of Reference Property, as the case may be, as a result of any such acceleration
of the Mandatory Settlement Date in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 4.03, except that (i) such delivery shall be made on the accelerated Mandatory Settlement Date, and (ii) the Person in whose name any shares of
Common Stock shall be issuable following such acceleration shall become the holder of record of such shares as of the Close of Business on the Acceleration Date. 

  
 25 

 ARTICLE V 

ADJUSTMENTS 

Section 5.01. Adjustments to the Fixed Settlement Rates. 

(a) Each Fixed Settlement Rate shall be subject to the following adjustments: 

(i) Stock Dividends and Distributions. If the Company exclusively issues shares of Common Stock as a dividend or other
distribution on all or substantially all shares of Common Stock, or if the Company effects a share split or share combination, each Fixed Settlement Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula: 

 

							
		 	FR1 = FR0 ×    	  	
    OS1    

	 	
	 	  	OS0	 	

  

					
	where,	  		  	
			
	FR0	  	=	  	the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the Open of Business on the effective date of such share
split or combination, as applicable;
			
	FR1	  	=	  	the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date or such effective date, as applicable;
			
	OS0	  	=	  	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date or such effective date, as applicable; and
			
	OS1	  	=	  	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination, as applicable.

 Any adjustment made under this Section 5.01(a)(i) shall become effective immediately
after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the Open of Business on the effective date for such share split or share combination, as the case may be. If any dividend or distribution of
the type described in this Section 5.01(a)(i) is declared but not so paid or made, each Fixed Settlement Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to pay such dividend or distribution,
to the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. 

(ii) Issuance of Stock Purchase Rights. If the Company issues to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock rights
any rights, options or warrants entitling them, for a period of not more than 60 days after the date of such issuance, to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock, at a price per share less than the average of the Closing Prices of the
Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, each Fixed Settlement Rate will be increased based on the following formula: 

 

							
		 	FR1 = FR0 ×    	  	
    OS0 + X  
  
	 	
	 	  	OS0 + Y	 	

  

					
	where,	  		  	
			
	FR0	  	=	  	the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance;
			
	FR1	  	=	  	the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
			
	OS0	  	=	  	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
			
	X	  	=	  	the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and
			
	Y	  	=	  	the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants divided by the average of the Closing Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day
period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of the issuance of such rights, options or warrants.

  
 26 

 Any increase made under this Section 5.01(a)(ii) shall be made successively
whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance. To the extent that such rights, options or warrants are not exercised prior to
their expiration or shares of Common Stock are not delivered upon the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, each Fixed Settlement Rate shall be readjusted to the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate that would then be in effect had the
increase with respect to the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, or if no such
rights, options or warrants are exercised prior to their expiration, each Fixed Settlement Rate shall be decreased to be the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate that would then be in effect if such Ex-Dividend Date if such issuance had not occurred.

 For purposes of this Section 5.01(a)(ii), in determining whether any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders
of the Common Stock to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than such average of the Closing Prices of the Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day
immediately preceding the date of announcement for such issuance, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Company for such rights, options or
warrants and any amount payable on exercise thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors. 

(iii) Asset or Debt Distribution. If the Company distributes shares of its Capital Stock, evidences of its indebtedness,
other assets or property of the Company or rights, options or warrants to acquire shares of its Capital Stock or other securities, to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock, excluding: 

(A) dividends or distributions, rights options or warrants as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to
Section 5.01(a)(i) hereof or Section 5.01(a)(ii) hereof; 
 (B) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in
cash as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(iv) hereof; and 
 (C) Spin-Offs as to which
the provisions set forth below in this Section 5.01(a)(iii) shall apply; 
 then each Fixed Settlement Rate shall be increased based on
the following formula: 
  

							
		 	FR1 = FR0 ×    	  	     SP0    
	 	
	 	  	SP0 – FMV	 	

  

					
	where,	  		  	
			
	FR0	  	=	  	the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
			
	FR1	  	=	  	the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date;

  
 27 

					
			
	SP0	  	=	  	the average of the Closing Prices of Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; and
			
	FMV	  	=	  	the Fair Market Value of the shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, other assets, or property of the Company or rights, options or warrants to acquire shares of the Company’s Capital Stock or other securities
distributed with respect to each outstanding share of the Common Stock as of the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

 If “FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than the “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Unit and Separate Purchase Contract shall receive, in respect of each Unit and Separate Purchase Contract, as
applicable, it holds, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock, the amount and kind of the Company’s Capital Stock, evidences of the Company’s indebtedness, other assets or property of the Company or rights,
options or warrants to acquire Company’s Capital Stock or other securities that such Holder would have received as if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Maximum Settlement Rate in effect immediately prior to the
Record Date for such distribution. 
 Any increase made under the portion of this Section 5.01(a)(iii) above will become
effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution. If such distribution (including a Spin-Off as defined below) is not so paid or made, each Fixed Settlement Rate shall be decreased to be the applicable
Fixed Settlement Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. In the case of rights, options or warrants to acquire shares of the Company’s Capital Stock or other securities, to the extent that such
rights, options or warrants are not exercised prior to their expiration such Company’s Capital Stock or other securities are not delivered upon the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, each Fixed Settlement Rate shall be readjusted
to the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the Company’s Capital Stock or other securities
actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, or if no such rights, options or warrants are exercised prior to their expiration, each Fixed Settlement Rate shall be decreased to be the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate
that would then be in effect if such if such issuance had not occurred. 
 With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this
Section 5.01(a)(iii) where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock of shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to any of the Company’s Subsidiaries
or business units, and such Capital Stock or similar equity interest is listed or quoted (or will be listed or quoted upon the consummation of the distribution) on a U.S. national securities exchange or a reasonably comparable non-U.S. equivalent (a
“Spin-Off”), the each Fixed Settlement Rate will be increased based on the following formula: 
  

							
		 	FR1 = FR0 ×    	  	     FMV0 + MP0    
	 	
	 	  	MP0	 	

  

					
	where,	  		  	
			
	FR0	  	=	  	the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off;
			
	FR1	  	=	  	the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off;
			
	FMV0	  	=	  	the average of the Closing Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of Common Stock applicable to one share of Common Stock over the first 10 consecutive Trading Day period after, but excluding,
the effective date of the Spin-Off (the “Valuation Period”); and
			
	MP0	  	=	  	the average of the Closing Prices of the Common Stock over the Valuation Period.

  
 28 

 If the first VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period applicable to the
settlement of relevant Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as the case may be, occurs after the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for a Spin-Off, but on or before the last Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off, the
reference in the above definition of “FMV0” to 10 consecutive Trading Days shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the
first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off to, but excluding, the first VWAP Trading Day of such Observation Period. If one or more VWAP Trading Days of the Observation Period applicable to the settlement of the relevant Unit or
Separate Purchase Contract, as the case may be, occurs on or after the Ex-Dividend Date for a Spin-Off but on or prior to the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off, such Observation Period will be suspended from, and including,
the first such VWAP Trading Day to, and including, the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off and will resume immediately after the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off, with the reference in the above
definition of “FMV0” to 10 consecutive Trading Days deemed replaced with a reference to one (1) Trading Day. 

In addition, if an Early Settlement Exercise Date occurs during the period from, but excluding, the first Trading Day of the
Valuation Period for a Spin-Off to, and including, the last Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off, the reference in the above definition of “FMV0” to “10”
consecutive Trading Days shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off to, but excluding, the applicable Early Settlement
Exercise Date. If an Early Settlement Exercise Date occurs during the period from, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date of a Spin-Off to, and including, the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off, (i) the reference in the
above definition of “FMV0” to “10” consecutive Trading Days shall be deemed replaced with a reference to “one (1)” Trading Day, (ii) the Company shall deliver
the consideration due to such Holder in respect of the applicable Early Settlement Exercise Date on the third Business Day after the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off, (iii) the relevant Fixed Settlement Rates and
Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rate, as the case may be, applicable to such Early Settlement will be such respective Fixed Settlement Rates or Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rate in effect immediately prior to the Close of Business on the
first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off and (iv) the person in whose name any shares of Common Stock shall be issuable in respect of the applicable Early Settlement will be deemed to become the holder of record of such
shares as of the Close of Business on the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off. 
 For purposes of the
second adjustment set forth in this Section 5.01(a)(iii), (i) the Closing Price of any Capital Stock or similar equity interest shall be calculated by the Company in a manner analogous to that used to calculate the Closing Price of the
Common Stock in the definition of “Closing Price” set forth in Section 1.01 hereof, (ii) whether a day is a Trading Day (and whether a day is a Scheduled Trading Day and whether a Market Disruption Event has occurred) for such
Capital Stock or similar equity interest shall be determined in a manner analogous to that used to determine whether a day is a Trading Day (or whether a day is a Scheduled Trading Day and whether a Market Disruption Event has occurred) for the
Common Stock, and (iii) whether a day is a Trading Day to be included in a Valuation Period will be determined based on whether a day is a Trading Day for both the Common Stock and such Capital Stock or similar equity interest. 

For purposes of Section 5.01(a)(i) hereof, Section 5.01(a)(ii) hereof and this Section 5.01(a)(iii), if any
dividend or distribution to which this Section 5.01(a)(iii) applies includes one or both of: 
 (A) a dividend or
distribution of shares of Common Stock to which Section 5.01(a)(i) hereof also applies (the “Clause A Distribution”); or 

(B) a dividend or distribution of rights, options or warrants to which Section 5.01(a)(ii) hereof also applies (the
“Clause B Distribution”), 

  
 29 

 then (i) such dividend or distribution, other than the Clause A Distribution and the Clause
B Distribution, shall be deemed to be a dividend or distribution to which this Section 5.01(a)(iii) applies (the “Clause C Distribution”) and any adjustment required to be made under this Section 5.01(a)(iii) with respect
to such Clause C Distribution shall be made, (ii) the Clause B Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution and any adjustment required by Section 5.01(a)(ii) hereof with respect thereto shall then
be made, except that, if determined by the Company, (x) the “Ex-Dividend Date” of the Clause B Distribution and the Clause A Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution and
(y) any shares of Common Stock included in the Clause A Distribution or the Clause B Distribution shall not be deemed to be to be “outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date” within the meaning of
Section 5.01(a)(ii) hereof, and (iii) the Clause A Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution or the Clause B Distribution, as the case may be, except that, if determined by the Company,
(x) the “Ex-Dividend Date” of the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution, and (y) any shares of Common Stock included in the Clause A
distribution shall not be deemed to be “outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date or such effective date” within the meaning of Section 5.01(a)(i) hereof. 

(iv) Cash Distributions. If the Company pays any cash dividends or distributions to all or substantially all holders of
the Common Stock, each Fixed Settlement Rate shall be increased based on the following formula: 
  

							
		 	FR1 = FR0 ×    	  	     SP0    
	 	
	 	  	SP0 – C	 	

  

					
	where,	  		  	
			
	FR0	  	=	  	the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
			
	FR1	  	=	  	the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
			
	SP0	  	=	  	the Closing Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution; and
			
	C	  	=	  	the amount in cash per share that the Company distributes to holders of the Common Stock.

 If “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Unit or a Separate Purchase Contract shall receive, for each such Unit or a Separate Purchase Contract it holds, as
the case may be, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of shares of Common Stock, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Maximum Settlement Rate in
effect immediately prior to the Close of Business on the Record Date for such cash dividend or distribution. 
 Such increase
shall become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid, each Fixed Settlement Rate shall be decreased to be the applicable Fixed
Settlement Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. 

  
 30 

 (v) Self Tender Offers and Exchange Offers. If the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries make a payment in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for the Common Stock, to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of the Common Stock exceeds the Closing Price of the
Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “Tender Offer Expiration Date”), each Fixed Settlement Rate shall be increased
based on the following formula: 
  

							
		 	FR1 = FR0 ×	  	 AC + (SP1 × OS1)
 OS0 × SP1
	  	

 where, 
  

					
	FR0	  	=	  	the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately prior to the Close of Business on the Tender Offer Expiration Date;
			
	FR1	  	=	  	the applicable Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately after the Close of Business the Tender Offer Expiration Date;
			
	AC	  	=	  	the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the Board of Directors) paid or payable for shares of Common Stock purchased in such tender offer or exchange offer;
			
	OS0	  	=	  	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the expiration time of the tender or exchange offer on the Tender Offer Expiration Date (prior to giving effect to the purchase of all shares accepted for
purchase or exchange in such tender offer or exchange offer);
			
	OS1	  	=	  	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the expiration time of the tender or exchange offer on the Tender Offer Expiration Date (after giving effect to the purchase of all shares accepted for purchase or
exchange in such tender or exchange offer); and
			
	SP1	  	=	  	the average of the Closing Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Tender Offer Expiration Date (the “Averaging
Period”).

 If the first VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period applicable to the settlement of
relevant Unit or Separate Purchase Contract, as the case may be, occurs after the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for a tender or exchange offer, but on or before the last Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange
offer, the reference in the above definition of “ SP1” to “10” shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the
first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer to, but excluding, the first VWAP Trading Day of such Observation Period. If one or more VWAP Trading Days of the Observation Period applicable to the settlement of the
relevant Unit or Separate Purchase Contract, as the case may be, occurs on or after the Tender Offer Expiration Date for a tender or exchange offer but on or prior to the first Trading Day of the Averaging period for such tender or exchange offer,
such Observation Period will be suspended from, and including, the first such VWAP Trading Day to, and including, the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer and will resume immediately after the first Trading Day
of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer, with the reference in the above definition of “SP1” to “10” consecutive Trading Days deemed replaced with a
reference to “one (1)”. 
 In addition, if an Early Settlement Exercise Date occurs during the period from,
but excluding, the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for a tender or exchange offer to, and including, the last Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer, the reference in the above definition of “SP1” to “10” shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or
exchange offer to, but excluding, the applicable Early Settlement Exercise Date. If an Early Settlement Exercise Date occurs during the period from, and including, the Tender Offer Expiration Date of a tender or exchange offer to, and including, the
first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer, (i) the reference in the above definition of “SP1” to “10” shall be deemed replaced with a
reference to “one (1)”, (ii) the Company shall deliver the consideration due to such Holder in respect of the applicable Early Settlement Exercise Date on the third Business Day after the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for
such tender or exchange offer, (iii) the relevant Fixed Settlement Rates and Fundamental Change Early 

  
 31 

 
Settlement Rate, as the case may be, applicable to such Early Settlement will be such respective Fixed Settlement Rates or Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rate in effect immediately prior to
the Close of Business on the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer and (iv) the person in whose name any shares of Common Stock shall be issuable in respect of the applicable Early Settlement will be deemed
to become the holder of record of such shares as of the Close of Business on the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer. 

(vi) Special Settlement Provisions. 

(A) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if a Fixed Settlement Rate adjustment becomes effective on any
Ex-Dividend Date, and a Holder of a Unit or a Separate Purchase Contract Purchase that has elected Early Settlement of such Unit or a Separate Purchase Contract, as applicable for which the applicable Early Settlement Exercise Date occurs on or
after such Ex-Dividend Date and on or prior to the related Record Date would be (i) treated as the record holder of shares of Common Stock as of the related Early Settlement Exercise Date, pursuant to Section 3.02 based on a Fixed
Settlement Rate that would otherwise be adjusted for such Ex-Dividend Date in respect of such dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment and (ii) entitled to participate in the related dividend, distribution or other
event giving rise to such adjustment with respect to all such shares of Common Stock, then, notwithstanding the foregoing Fixed Settlement Rate adjustment provisions, the Fixed Settlement Rate adjustment relating to such Ex-Dividend Date will not be
made for such Holder. Instead, such Holder will be treated as if such Holder were the record owner of the shares of Common Stock on an unadjusted basis and participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such
adjustment. 
 (B) In addition, if: 

(1) the Record Date, effective date or Tender Offer Expiration Date for any event that requires an adjustment to the Fixed
Settlement Rates under any of Sections 5.01(a)(i) through (v) hereof occurs: 
 (a) on or after the first VWAP
Trading Day of the relevant Observation Period; and 
 (b) on or prior to the last VWAP Trading Day of such Observation
Period; and 
 (2) the Daily Settlement Amount for any VWAP Trading Day in such Observation Period that occurs on or prior
to such Record Date, effective date or Tender Offer Expiration Date: 
 (a) includes shares of Common Stock that do not
entitle their holder to participate in such event; and 
 (b) is calculated based on a Fixed Settlement Rate that is not
adjusted on account of such event; 
 then the Company shall treat each Holder of Unit or Separate Purchase Contract as
though it were the record holder on such Record Date, effective date or Tender Offer Expiration Date, as applicable, of a number of shares of Common Stock per Unit or Separate Purchase Contract, as applicable, equal to the total number of shares of
Common Stock that: 
 (1) are deliverable as part of the Daily Settlement Amount: 

(a) for a VWAP Trading Day in such Observation Period that occurs on or prior to such Record Date, effective date or Tender
Offer Expiration Date; and 
 (b) that is calculated based on a Fixed Settlement Rate that is not adjusted for such event;
and 
 (2) if not for this provision, would not entitle such Holder to participate in such event. 

  
 32 

 (vii) Rights Plans. Upon Settlement of a Unit or a Separate Purchase
Contract. to the extent that the Company has a rights plan with respect to the Common Stock then in effect, if (i) Early Settlement applies to such Unit or Separate Purchase Contract, on the applicable Early Settlement Exercise Date, or
(ii) Mandatory Settlement applies to such Unit or Separate Purchase Contract, on any VWAP Trading Day in the relevant Observation Period, in each case, the Holders thereof shall receive from the Company, in addition to any shares of Common
Stock received in connection with such Early Settlement or in respect of such VWAP Trading Day, as the case may be, the rights under the rights plan, unless, prior to such Early Settlement or VWAP Trading Day, as the case may be, the rights have
separated from the Common Stock, in which case each Fixed Settlement Rate shall be adjusted at the time of separation of such rights as if the Company made a distribution to all holders of the Common that is subject to Section 5.01(a)(iii),
subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights. 
 (viii) Limitation on
Adjustments. Except as stated in this Section 5.01(a), the Company will not adjust the Fixed Settlement Rates for the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or the
right to purchase shares of Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities. If the application of the formulas in Sections 5.01(a)(i) through (v) would result in a decrease in the Fixed Settlement Rates, then, except to the extent
of any readjustment to the Fixed Settlement Rates, no adjustment to the Fixed Settlement Rates will be made (other than as a result of a reverse share split or share combination). 

(b) Adjustment for Tax Reasons. The Company may make such increases in each Fixed Settlement Rate, in addition to any
other increases required by this Section 5.01, to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of shares of Common Stock or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock (or
issuance of rights or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock) or from any event treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes or for any other reasons; provided, however, that the same proportionate adjustment must be made
to each Fixed Settlement Rate. 
 (c) Calculation of Adjustments; Adjustments to Threshold Appreciation Price Reference
Price and Stock Price. 
 (i) All adjustments to each Fixed Settlement Rate shall be calculated to the nearest 1/10,000th
of a share of Common Stock. Adjustments to Threshold Appreciation Price, Reference Price and Stock Price shall be calculated to the nearest $0.0001. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no adjustment in the Fixed Settlement Rates shall
be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent therein; provided, however, that any such minor adjustments which by reason of this Section 5.01(c)(i) are not required to be made
shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment; provided, further, that any such adjustment of less than one percent that has not been made shall be made upon the occurrence of (1) the Effective Date
for any Fundamental Change, (2) (x) in the case of any Early Settlement, prior to the Close of Business on the Early Settlement Exercise Date, and (y) in the case of any Mandatory Settlement, prior to each VWAP Trading Day of the
Observation Period and (3) prior to the Close of Business on any other date on which the Fixed Settlement Rates are referred to for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon settlement of a Unit or a Separate
Purchase Contract. In addition, the Company shall not account for such deferrals when determining what number of shares of Common Stock a Holder would have held on a given day based on the Maximum Settlement Rate. 

(ii) Upon each adjustment to each Fixed Settlement Rate, and as of the time of such adjustment, each of the Threshold
Appreciation Price and the Reference Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately before such adjustment, and the
denominator of which shall be such Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately after such adjustment. 

  
 33 

 (iii) If an adjustment is made to the Fixed Settlement Rates pursuant to
Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b), then, as of the time of such adjustment, an adjustment shall be made to each Stock Price set forth in the column headers of the table included in Section 5.02(e) by multiplying such Stock Price by a
fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately before such adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be such Fixed Settlement Rate in effect immediately after such adjustment. Each of the Fundamental
Change Early Settlement Rates in the table included in Section 5.02(e) will be subject to adjustment in the same manner as each Fixed Settlement Rate as set forth in this Section 5.01. 

(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no adjustment to the Fixed Settlement Rates (or, for the avoidance of
doubt, any corresponding adjustment to the Reference Price or Threshold Reference Price pursuant to Section 5.01(c)) shall be made if Holders participate (other than in the case of a share split or share combination) at the same time and upon
the same terms as holders of shares of Common Stock and as a result of holding the Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as applicable, in any of the transactions that would otherwise give rise to an adjustment without having to settle their
Purchase Contracts as if they held a number of shares of the Common Stock equal to the then applicable Maximum Settlement Rate multiplied by the number of Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, as applicable, held by such Holders. In addition,
the Fixed Settlement Rates shall not be adjusted: 
 (A) on account of stock repurchases that are not tender offers referred
to in Section 5.01(a)(v), including structured or derivative transactions, or transactions pursuant to a stock repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors, or otherwise; 

(B) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of
dividends or interest payable on the Company’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any plan; 

(C) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future
employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; 
 (D)
upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in clause (C) above and outstanding as of the Issue Date; or 

(E) for a change in the par value of the Common Stock. 

(d) Notice of Adjustment. If the Company adjusts the Fixed Settlement Rates, the Company shall deliver to the Purchase
Contract Agent an Officer’s Certificate setting forth each Fixed Settlement Rate, detailing the calculation of each Fixed Settlement Rate and describing the facts upon which the adjustment is based, upon which certificate the Purchase Contract
Agent may conclusively rely. In addition, the Company shall issue a press release containing the relevant information (and make such information available on its website). The Purchase Contract Agent shall not be responsible for, and shall not make
any representation as to the validity or value of, any share of Common Stock, securities or assets issued upon settlement of the Units or Separate Purchase Contracts, or as to the accuracy of any calculation made hereunder. 

(e) Reorganization Events. In the event of: 

(i) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value
to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a split, subdivision or combination for which an adjustment is made pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(i)); 

  
 34 

 (ii) any consolidation or merger or combination involving the Company; 

(iii) any sale, lease or other transfer to another Person of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries
substantially as an entirety; or 
 (iv) any binding exchange of securities of the Company with another Person (other than in
connection with a merger or acquisition covered by clause (i) above), 
 and, in each case, as a result of which the Common Stock would be
converted into, or exchanged for, common stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (any such event, a “Merger Event” and such common stock, securities, property or assets
(including cash or any combination thereof), the “Reference Property” and the amount of Reference Property that a holder of one share of the Common Stock would be entitled to receive on account of such Merger Event, an
“Reference Property Unit”), then, at the effective time of the applicable Merger Event, the right to settlement of each Unit or Separate Purchase Contract into shares of Common Stock will be changed into a right to settlement of
such Unit or Separate Purchase Contract based on the kind and amount of Reference Property that a holder of shares of Common Stock would have owned or been entitled to receive upon such Merger Event. However, at and after the effective time of the
Merger Event, (i) any shares Common Stock that the Company would have been required to deliver upon settlement of the Units and Separate Purchase Contracts as set forth above will instead be deliverable in the amount and type of Reference
Property that a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock would have received in such Merger Event, (ii) the Daily VWAP and Closing Price will be calculated based on the value of a Reference Property Unit and (iii) the consideration
due upon settlement of the Units and Separate Purchase Contracts will be determined as if relevant references to shares of Common Stock or any number thereof (including for purposes of any adjustment to the Fixed Settlement Rates) were deemed
replaced with references to the components of a Reference Property Unit. If the Merger Event causes the Common Stock to be converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon
any form of stockholder election), the amount and type of Reference Property that a holder of one or more shares of Common Stock would have been entitled to receive in such Merger Event (and that will be deliverable upon settlement of the Units and
Separate Purchase Contracts) shall be deemed to be based on the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Common Stock that affirmatively make such an election. The Company shall notify Holders of the
weighted average as soon as practicable after such determination is made.  
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the
Company shall not become a party to any Merger Event unless its terms are consistent with this Section 5.01(e). 
 The above provisions
of this Section 5.01(e) shall similarly apply to successive Merger Events. Following each Merger Event, (i) for the avoidance of doubt, the Fixed Settlement Rates (together with corresponding adjustments to the Fundamental Change
Settlement Rates, the Stock Prices, the Reference Price and the Threshold Appreciation Price) shall be subject to adjustments which will be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable, as determined by the Board of Directors in its commercially
reasonable judgment, to the adjustments provided for in this Section 5.01 (except that no such adjustments shall be required with respect to any portion of a Reference Property Unit that does not consist of Capital Stock); and (ii) for all
purposes hereunder (including, without limitation, for purposes of determining whether a Fundamental Change has occurred), each reference herein to Common Stock shall be read as if such reference were instead a reference to the Reference Property
Units. 
 Section 5.02. Early Settlement Upon a Fundamental Change 

(a) If a Fundamental Change occurs and a Holder elects to effect an Early Settlement of any Purchase Contract in connection
with such Fundamental Change, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, such Holder shall receive a number of shares of Common Stock (or Reference Property Units, as applicable) based on the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rate (the
“Fundamental Change Early Settlement Right”). An Early Settlement shall be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” such Fundamental Change if the Holder delivers an Early Settlement Notice to the Purchase
Contract Agent, and otherwise satisfies the requirements for effecting Early Settlement of its Purchase Contracts set forth in Section 4.04, during the period beginning on, and including, the Effective Date of the Fundamental Change and ending
on, and including, the 35th Business Day thereafter (the “Fundamental Change Early Settlement Period”). 

  
 35 

 If a Holder complies with the requirements set forth in Section 5.02(b) to exercise
the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Right prior to the Close of Business on any Business Day during the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Period, then that Business Day shall be considered the “Fundamental Change Early Settlement
Date.” If a Holder complies with the requirements set forth in Section 5.02(b) to exercise the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Right at or after the Close of Business on any Business Day during the Fundamental Change Early
Settlement Period or at any time on a day during the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Period that is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day shall be considered the “Fundamental Change Early Settlement Date.”

 (b) The Company shall provide the Purchase Contract Agent and the Holders of Units and Separate Purchase Contracts
with a notice of a Fundamental Change within five Business Days after its occurrence, issue a press release announcing the Effective Date and post such press release on its website. The notice shall set forth (i) the applicable Fundamental
Change Early Settlement Rate, (ii) the kind and amount of cash, securities and other property receivable by the Holder upon settlement and (iii) the deadline by which each Holder’s Fundamental Change Early Settlement Right must be
exercised. 
 (c) The “Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rate” shall be determined by reference to the
table below, based on the date on which the Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective (the “Effective Date”) and the stock price (the “Stock Price”) in the Fundamental Change, which shall be determined as
follows: 
 (i) in the case of a Fundamental Change described in sub-clause (x) of clause (ii) of the definition
thereof in which holders of shares of Common Stock receive only cash in the Fundamental Change, the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per share of Common Stock; and 

(ii) in all other cases, the Stock Price shall be the average of the Closing Prices per share of Common Stock over the 10
consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day preceding the Effective Date. 
 (d) The Stock
Prices set forth in the column headers of the table below and the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rates in the table below are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.01(c). 

(e) The following table sets forth the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rate per Purchase Contract for each Stock Price and
Effective Date set forth below: 
  

																																																									
	Effective Date	 	Stock Price	 
	 	 	$ 5.00	 	 	$10.00	 	 	$15.00	 	 	$19.09	 	 	$20.00	 	 	$ 22.50	 	 	$ 25.00	 	 	$ 27.50	 	 	$ 30.00	 	 	$ 35.0	 	 	$ 40.0	 	 	$ 50.0	 	 	$ 75.0	 	 	$ 100.0	 
	 November 27, 2013
	 	 	1.2920	  	 	 	1.2304	  	 	 	1.1563	  	 	 	1.1157	  	 	 	1.1092	  	 	 	1.0956	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  
	 March 15, 2014
	 	 	1.2953	  	 	 	1.2401	  	 	 	1.1650	  	 	 	1.1216	  	 	 	1.1147	  	 	 	1.0998	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  
	 June 15, 2014
	 	 	1.2978	  	 	 	1.2487	  	 	 	1.1729	  	 	 	1.1270	  	 	 	1.1196	  	 	 	1.1036	  	 	 	1.0930	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  
	 September 15, 2014
	 	 	1.2999	  	 	 	1.2574	  	 	 	1.1816	  	 	 	1.1328	  	 	 	1.1248	  	 	 	1.1075	  	 	 	1.0960	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  
	 December 15, 2014
	 	 	1.3017	  	 	 	1.2661	  	 	 	1.1908	  	 	 	1.1390	  	 	 	1.1303	  	 	 	1.1115	  	 	 	1.0990	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  
	 March 15, 2015
	 	 	1.3032	  	 	 	1.2747	  	 	 	1.2009	  	 	 	1.1456	  	 	 	1.1362	  	 	 	1.1156	  	 	 	1.1020	  	 	 	1.0935	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  
	 June 15, 2015
	 	 	1.3044	  	 	 	1.2832	  	 	 	1.2123	  	 	 	1.1532	  	 	 	1.1427	  	 	 	1.1200	  	 	 	1.1049	  	 	 	1.0957	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  
	 September 15, 2015
	 	 	1.3054	  	 	 	1.2912	  	 	 	1.2252	  	 	 	1.1616	  	 	 	1.1500	  	 	 	1.1245	  	 	 	1.1077	  	 	 	1.0976	  	 	 	1.0919	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  
	 December 15, 2015
	 	 	1.3063	  	 	 	1.2983	  	 	 	1.2398	  	 	 	1.1714	  	 	 	1.1582	  	 	 	1.1292	  	 	 	1.1101	  	 	 	1.0990	  	 	 	1.0930	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  
	 March 15, 2016
	 	 	1.3071	  	 	 	1.3038	  	 	 	1.2568	  	 	 	1.1832	  	 	 	1.1679	  	 	 	1.1338	  	 	 	1.1118	  	 	 	1.0995	  	 	 	1.0934	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  
	 June 15, 2016
	 	 	1.3079	  	 	 	1.3073	  	 	 	1.2768	  	 	 	1.1989	  	 	 	1.1804	  	 	 	1.1382	  	 	 	1.1119	  	 	 	1.0986	  	 	 	1.0929	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  
	 September 15, 2016
	 	 	1.3088	  	 	 	1.3088	  	 	 	1.2988	  	 	 	1.2237	  	 	 	1.1992	  	 	 	1.1402	  	 	 	1.1071	  	 	 	1.0947	  	 	 	1.0914	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  
	 December 15, 2016
	 	 	1.3095	  	 	 	1.3095	  	 	 	1.3095	  	 	 	1.3095	  	 	 	1.2500	  	 	 	1.1111	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  	 	 	1.0913	  

 The exact Stock Prices and Effective Dates may not be set forth in the table above, in which case: 

(i) if the applicable Stock Price is between two Stock Prices in the table or the applicable Effective Date is between two
Effective Dates in the table, then the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rate shall be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rates set forth for the higher and lower Stock Prices and the two
Effective Dates surrounding the applicable Stock Price or Effective Date, as applicable, based on a 365-day year; 

  
 36 

 (ii) if the applicable Stock Price is in excess of $100.00 per share (subject to
adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the table above), then the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rate shall be the Minimum Settlement Rate; or 

(iii) if the applicable Stock Price is less than $5.00 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices
set forth in the table above) (the “Minimum Stock Price”), then the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Rate shall be determined as if the Stock Price equaled the Minimum Stock Price, and using straight line interpolation, as
described in clause (i) of this Section 5.02(e), if the Effective Date is between two dates in the table. 
 The maximum number of
shares of Common Stock deliverable under a Purchase Contract is 1.3095, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.01. 

(f) The Company shall deliver shares of Common Stock or Reference Property Units, as applicable, deliverable as a result of a
Holder’s exercise of the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Right on or prior to the third Business Day following the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Date. 

(g) If a Holder does not elect to exercise the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Right, such Holder’s Purchase Contracts
shall remain outstanding and shall be subject to normal settlement on any subsequent Settlement Date, including, if applicable, the provisions set forth in Section 5.01 

Section 5.03. Adjustments of Prices. 

Whenever any provision of this Purchase Contract Agreement requires the Company to calculate the Closing Prices, the Daily VWAPs or any
function thereof over a span of multiple days (including during an Observation Period), the Company will make appropriate adjustments to each to account for any adjustment to the Fixed Settlement Rates that becomes effective, or any event requiring
an adjustment to the Fixed Settlement Rates where the effective date, Ex-Dividend Date or Tender Offer Expiration Date of the event occurs, at any time during the period when such Closing Prices, the Daily VWAPs or function thereof are to be
calculated. 
 For the avoidance of doubt, the adjustments made pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, to the extent any such adjustments are
necessary, will be made without duplication of any adjustment made pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(vi)(B). 
 ARTICLE VI 

REMEDIES 

Section 6.01. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Shares of Common Stock. 

Each Holder of a Purchase Contract (whether or not included in a Unit) shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive
the shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Purchase Contract and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such right to receive the shares of Common Stock, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. 

Section 6.02. Limitation on Proceedings. 

No Holder of Purchase Contracts (whether or not included in a Unit) may institute any proceedings, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this
Purchase Contract Agreement or for any remedy hereunder, except in the case of failure of the Purchase Contract Agent, for 60 days, to act after the Purchase Contract Agent has received a written request to institute proceedings in respect of a
default with respect to any covenant hereunder from the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Purchase Contracts, as well as an offer of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Purchase Contract Agent. This provision will not prevent any
Holder of Purchase Contracts (whether or not included in a Unit) from instituting suit for the delivery of Common Stock deliverable upon settlement of the Purchase Contracts on the applicable Settlement Date. 

  
 37 

 Section 6.03. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 

If any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Purchase Contract Agreement and such proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company and such Holder shall be restored severally and respectively to
their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of such Holder shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 

Section 6.04. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last
paragraph of Section 3.10, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in
addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 
 Section 6.05. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 

No delay or omission of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy upon a default hereunder shall impair any such right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of any such right. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by such Holders. 

Section 6.06. Undertaking for Costs. 

All parties to this Purchase Contract Agreement agree, and each Holder of a Purchase Contract, by its acceptance of such Purchase
Contract shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Purchase Contract Agreement, or in any suit against the Purchase Contract Agent for any action
taken, suffered or omitted by it as Purchase Contract Agent, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and costs against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section shall
not apply to any suit instituted by (a) the Purchase Contract Agent, (b) any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10.0% of the Outstanding Purchase Contracts, or (c) any Holder for the enforcement of the
right to receive shares of Common Stock under the Purchase Contracts held by such Holder. 
 Section 6.07. Waiver of Stay
or Execution Laws. 
 The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist
upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or assume or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Purchase
Contract Agreement; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Purchase Contract Agent or the Holders, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

Section 6.08. Control by Majority. 

The Holders of not less than a majority in number of the Outstanding Purchase Contracts shall have the right to direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Purchase Contract Agent, or of exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Purchase Contract Agent; provided, however, that the Purchase Contract Agent has
received indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Purchase Contract Agent may refuse to follow any direction that is in conflict with any law or this Purchase Contract Agreement, that
may involve it in personal liability or that may be unduly prejudicial to the Holders of Purchase Contracts not joining in the action. 

  
 38 

 ARTICLE VII 

THE PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT AND TRUSTEE 

Section 7.01. Certain Duties and Responsibilities. 

(a) Each of the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee: 

(i) undertakes to perform, with respect to the Units and Purchase Contracts, such duties and only such duties as are
specifically delegated to it and set forth in this Purchase Contract Agreement, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Purchase Contract Agreement against the Purchase Contract Agent or Trustee; and 

(ii) in the absence of gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its own part, may, with respect to the Units and
Purchase Contracts, may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Purchase Contract Agent or the Trustee, as applicable, and conforming
to the requirements of this Purchase Contract Agreement but in the case of any certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Purchase Contract Agent or the Trustee, as applicable, the Purchase
Contract Agent shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Purchase Contract Agreement (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of the mathematical calculations or other
facts stated therein and may assume the genuineness of all signatures). 
 (b) No provision of this Purchase Contract
Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Purchase Contract Agent from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, its own willful misconduct or its own bad faith, except that: 

(i) this subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Section 7.01(a); 

(ii) the Purchase Contract Agent shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer,
unless it shall be proved that the Purchase Contract Agent was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

(iii) no provision of this Purchase Contract Agreement shall require the Purchase Contract Agent to expend or risk its own
funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Purchase Contract Agent is not provided to it; and

 (iv) the Purchase Contract Agent shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good
faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in number of the Outstanding Purchase Contracts. 
 (c)
Whether or not herein expressly so provided, every provision of this Purchase Contract Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Purchase Contract Agent shall be subject to the provisions of this
Section 7.01. 
 Section 7.02. Notice of Default. 

Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default by the Company hereunder of which a Responsible Officer of the Purchase Contract Agent has
actual knowledge, the Purchase Contract Agent shall transmit by mail to the Company and the Holders of Purchase Contracts, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, notice of such default hereunder, unless such Responsible
Officer of the Purchase Contract Agent has actual knowledge that such default shall have been cured or waived. 

  
 39 

 Section 7.03. Certain Rights of the Purchase Contract Agent. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01: 

(a) the Purchase Contract Agent may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by
the proper party or parties; 
 (b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced
by an Officer’s Certificate, Issuer Order or Issuer Request, and any resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution; 

(c) whenever in the administration of this Purchase Contract Agreement the Purchase Contract Agent shall deem it desirable that
a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Purchase Contract Agent (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon
an Officer’s Certificate of the Company; 
 (d) the Purchase Contract Agent may consult with counsel of its selection
appointed with due care by it hereunder and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon; 
 (e) the Purchase Contract Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters
stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Purchase Contract Agent, in its
discretion may make reasonable further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters related to the execution, delivery and performance of the Purchase Contracts as it may see fit, and, if the Purchase Contract Agent shall determine to make
such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be given a reasonable opportunity, during the Company’s normal business hours, to examine the relevant books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney, and shall
incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation; 
 (f) the Purchase
Contract Agent may execute any of the powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, attorneys, or Affiliates and the Purchase Contract Agent shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the
part of any agent, attorney or Affiliate appointed with due care by it hereunder; 
 (g) the Purchase Contract Agent shall be
under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Purchase Contract Agreement at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Purchase Contract Agreement, unless such Holders shall have provided to
the Purchase Contract Agent security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Purchase Contract Agent against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; 

(h) the Purchase Contract Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith
and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Purchase Contract Agreement; 

(i) the Purchase Contract Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of any default hereunder unless a Responsible Officer of the
Purchase Contract Agent has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of a default is provided to the Purchase Contract Agent at the Corporate Trust Office of the Purchase Contract Agent, and such notice references the Purchase Contracts and
this Purchase Contract Agreement; 

  
 40 

 (j) the Purchase Contract Agent may request that the Company deliver an
Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Purchase Contract Agreement, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person
authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded; 

(k) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Purchase Contract Agent and under this Purchase
Contract Agreement, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee (whether or not the Trustee is expressly referred in connection with any such
rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits) and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; and 

(l) in no event shall either of the Purchase Contract Agent or the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or
consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Purchase Contact Agent or the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the
form of action. 
 Section 7.04. Not Responsible for Recitals. 

The recitals contained herein and in the instruments evidencing any Purchase Contract or Note, or in any document used in connection with the
sale, offer or issuance of the Purchase Contracts or the Notes, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Purchase Contract Agent nor the Trustee assumes any responsibility for their accuracy. Neither the Purchase Contract
Agent nor the Trustee makes any representations as to the validity or sufficiency of either this Purchase Contract Agreement or of the Purchase Contracts. Neither the Purchase Contract Agent nor the Trustee shall be accountable for the use or
application by the Company of the proceeds in respect of the Purchase Contracts. 
 Section 7.05. May Hold Units and Purchase
Contracts. 
 Any Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company, or the Purchase Contract Agent, the Trustee and any
of their Affiliates, in their individual or any other capacity, may become the owner of Units, Separate Purchase Contracts and Separate Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any other Person with the same rights it would have if it were
not Security Registrar or such other agent, or the Purchase Contract Agent. The Company may become the owner of Units, Separate Purchase Contracts and Separate Notes. 

Section 7.06. Money Held in Custody. 

Money held by the Purchase Contract Agent in custody hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or
provided herein. The Purchase Contract Agent shall be under no obligation to invest or pay interest on any money received by it hereunder except as specifically instructed by the Company in an Issuer Order. 

Section 7.07. Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnification. 

The Company agrees: 

(a) to pay to the Purchase Contract Agent compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as the Company and the
Purchase Contract Agent shall from time to time agree in writing; 
 (b) except as otherwise expressly provided for herein,
to promptly reimburse the Purchase Contract Agent upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Purchase Contract Agent in accordance with any provision of this Purchase Contract Agreement
(including costs of collection and the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be determined to have been caused by the Purchase Contract
Agent’s own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith; and 
 (c) to indemnify the Purchase Contract Agent and
any predecessor Purchase Contract Agent and their respective agents and representatives for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on their part, arising
out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Purchase Contract Agent’s duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, a Holder or any other
person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. 

  
 41 

 The provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Purchase Contract
Agent, the termination of this Purchase Contract Agreement or the rejection of this Purchase Contract Agreement under bankruptcy law. 

Section 7.08. Corporate Purchase Contract Agent Required; Eligibility. 

There shall at all times be a Purchase Contract Agent hereunder which shall be a corporation or national banking association organized and
doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having (or being a member of a bank holding company having) a combined
capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority and having a corporate trust office in the continental United States, if there be such a corporation in the continental United States,
qualified and eligible under this Article and willing to act on reasonable terms. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the
purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Purchase Contract Agent shall
cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. 

Section 7.09. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor. 

(a) No resignation or removal of the Purchase Contract Agent and no appointment of a successor Purchase Contract Agent pursuant
to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Purchase Contract Agent in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 7.10. 

(b) The Purchase Contract Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company 60 days prior to the
effective date of such resignation. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Purchase Contract Agent required by Section 7.10 shall not have been delivered to the Purchase Contract Agent within 30 days after the giving of such notice of
resignation, the resigning Purchase Contract Agent may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Purchase Contract Agent. 

(c) The Purchase Contract Agent may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in number of the Outstanding
Purchase Contracts delivered to the Purchase Contract Agent and the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Purchase Contract Agent required by Section 7.10 shall not have been delivered to the Purchase Contract Agent within 30
days after the delivery of such Act, the removed Purchase Contract Agent may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Purchase Contract Agent. 

(d) If at any time: 

(i) the Purchase Contract Agent shall cease to be eligible under Section 7.08 and shall fail to resign after written
request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder; or 
 (ii) the Purchase Contract Agent shall be adjudged bankrupt or
insolvent or a receiver of the Purchase Contract Agent or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Purchase Contract Agent or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation,
conservation or liquidation, then, in any such case, (x) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove 

  
 42 

 
the Purchase Contract Agent, or (y) any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Purchase Contract for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated,
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Purchase Contract Agent and the appointment of a successor Purchase Contract Agent. 

(e) If the Purchase Contract Agent shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the
office of Purchase Contract Agent for any cause, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Purchase Contract Agent and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 7.10. If no successor Purchase Contract Agent shall have been
so appointed by the Company and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 7.10, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Purchase Contract for at least six months, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, or
the Purchase Contract Agent may petition at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Purchase Contract Agent. 

(f) The Company shall give, or shall cause such successor Purchase Contract Agent to give, notice of each resignation and each
removal of the Purchase Contract Agent and each appointment of a successor Purchase Contract Agent by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to Holders as their names and addresses appear in the applicable
Security Register. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Purchase Contract Agent and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. 

Section 7.10. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. 

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Purchase Contract Agent, every such successor Purchase Contract Agent
so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Purchase Contract Agent an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Purchase Contract Agent shall become
effective and such successor Purchase Contract Agent, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, agencies and duties of the retiring Purchase Contract Agent, and the retiring Purchase Contract Agent
shall have no further obligations or duties hereunder except as expressly set forth herein. At the request of the Company or the successor Purchase Contract Agent, such retiring Purchase Contract Agent shall, upon its receipt of payment or
reimbursement of any amounts due to it hereunder, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Purchase Contract Agent all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Purchase Contract Agent and shall duly assign, transfer and
deliver to such successor Purchase Contract Agent all property and money held by such retiring Purchase Contract Agent hereunder. 

(b) Upon request of any such successor Purchase Contract Agent, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more
fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Purchase Contract Agent all such rights, powers and agencies referred to in paragraph Section 7.10(a). 

(c) No successor Purchase Contract Agent shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor
Purchase Contract Agent shall be qualified and eligible under this Article. 
 Section 7.11. Merger; Conversion; Consolidation or
Succession to Business. 
 Any corporation into which the Purchase Contract Agent may be merged or converted or with
which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Purchase Contract Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of
the Purchase Contract Agent, shall be the successor of the Purchase Contract Agent hereunder; provided, however, that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any
paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. If any Equity-Linked Securities shall have been authenticated on behalf of the Holders by the Trustee and Purchase Contract Agent then in office, but not delivered, any successor by
merger, conversion or consolidation to such Purchase Contract Agent may adopt such Purchase Contract Agent’s authentication and deliver the Equity-Linked Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Purchase Contract
Agent had itself authenticated such Equity-Linked Securities. 

  
 43 

 Section 7.12. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.

 (a) The Purchase Contract Agent shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and
addresses of Holders as received by the Purchase Contract Agent in its capacity as Security Registrar. 
 (b) If a Holder
(such Holder, the “Applicant”) applies in writing to the Purchase Contract Agent, and furnishes to the Purchase Contract Agent reasonable proof that such Applicant has owned a Unit or Separate Purchase Contract for a period of at
least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the Applicant desires to communicate with other Holders with respect to its rights under this Purchase Contract Agreement or under the Units or Separate
Purchase Contracts and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication that such Applicant proposes to transmit, then the Purchase Contract Agent shall mail to all the Holders copies of the form of proxy or other communication
that is specified in such request, with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Purchase Contract Agent of the materials to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of such mailing. 

Section 7.13. No Other Obligations of Purchase Contract Agent or Trustee. 

Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in this Purchase Contract Agreement, neither the Purchase Contract Agent nor Trustee assumes
any obligations, and neither the Purchase Contract Agent nor Trustee shall be subject to any liability, under this Purchase Contract Agreement or Security evidencing a Unit or Purchase Contract in respect of the obligations of the Holder of any Unit
or Purchase Contract thereunder. The Company agrees, and each Holder of a Security, by his or her acceptance thereof, shall be deemed to have agreed, that the Purchase Contract Agent’s or Trustee’s authentication, as applicable, of the
Securities on behalf of the Holders shall be solely as agent and attorney-in-fact for the Holders, and that neither the Purchase Contract Agent nor Trustee shall have any obligation to perform such Purchase Contracts (whether held as components of
Units or Separate Purchase Contracts) on behalf of the Holders, except to the extent expressly provided in ARTICLE III hereof. Anything contained in this Purchase Contract Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Purchase
Contract Agent, the Trustee or their respective officers, employees or agents be liable under this Purchase Contract Agreement to any third party for indirect, special, punitive, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including lost
profits, whether or not the likelihood of such loss or damage was known to the Purchase Contract Agent or Trustee, incurred without any act or deed that is found to be attributable to gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of
the Purchase Contract Agent or Trustee. 
 Section 7.14. Tax Compliance. 

(a) The Company and the Purchase Contract Agent shall comply with all applicable certification, information reporting and
withholding (including backup withholding) requirements imposed by applicable tax laws, regulations or administrative practice with respect to (i) any payments made with respect to the Purchase Contracts or (ii) the issuance, delivery,
holding, transfer or exercise of rights under the Purchase Contracts. Such compliance shall include, without limitation, the preparation and timely filing of required returns and the timely payment of all amounts required to be withheld to the
appropriate taxing authority or its designated agent. 
 (b) The Company shall provide written direction to the Purchase
Contract Agent with respect to its obligations arising under Section 7.14(a). The Purchase Contract Agent shall comply, in accordance with the terms hereof, with any such written direction or any other written direction received from the
Company with respect to the execution or certification of any required documentation and the application of such requirements to particular payments or Holders or in other particular circumstances, and may for purposes of this Purchase Contract
Agreement conclusively rely on any such direction in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.01(a)(ii) hereof. 

(c) The Purchase Contract Agent shall maintain all appropriate records documenting compliance with such requirements, and shall
make such records available, on written request, to the Company or its authorized representative within a reasonable period of time after receipt of such request. 

  
 44 

 ARTICLE VIII 

SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS 

Section 8.01. Supplemental Agreements Without Consent of Holders. 

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, the Purchase Contract Agent and the Trustee at any time and from time to time, may enter into
one or more agreements supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Company and the Purchase Contract Agent, to: 
 (i)
evidence the succession by a successor corporation and to provide for the assumption by a successor of the Company’s obligations under this Purchase Contract Agreement; 

(ii) add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions for the benefit of the Holders or
to surrender any of the Company’s rights or powers; 
 (iii) evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment of a
successor Purchase Contract Agent; 
 (iv) in the case of a Merger Event, to provide for the settlement of the Purchase
Contracts into the Reference Property as required under the provisions described under Section 5.01(e); 
 (v) cure any
ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency in this Purchase Contract Agreement; and 
 (vi) make any change that does not
adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect; provided that any amendment to conform the terms of the Purchase Contract Agreement to the description thereof in the Preliminary Prospectus Supplement, as supplemented by the
Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, will not be deemed to be adverse to any Holder. 
 Section 8.02. Supplemental Agreements With
Consent of Holders. 
 With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Purchase Contracts affected by such supplemental purchase contract agreement, including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender or exchange offer for, Units and/or Separate Purchase Contracts and
by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Purchase Contract Agent, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Purchase Contract Agent may enter into an purchase contract agreement or purchase contract agreements
supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, changing in any manner or eliminating any of, or waiving compliance to any of the provisions of this Purchase Contract Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders
under this Purchase Contract Agreement and the Purchase Contracts; provided, however, that no such supplemental purchase contract agreement shall, without the consent of each Holder of the Outstanding Purchase Contracts affected
thereby: 
 (i) make any change that impairs or adversely affects the settlement rights of any Purchase Contract; 

(ii) change the right to settle Purchase Contracts early or the Fundamental Change Early Settlement Right, in either case,
whether through an amendment or waiver of the provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise; 
 (iii) impair the
right of any Holder to receive delivery of the number of shares of Common Stock, cash in lieu of any fractional share and/or Reference Property due upon settlement of any Purchase Contract on the due dates therefor; 

(iv) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of the Purchase Contract; or 

(v) make any change in the percentage of Holders required to consent to any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Purchase
Contract Agreement or make any change to this sentence. 

  
 45 

 It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular
form of any proposed supplemental agreement, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof. 

Section 8.03. Execution of Supplemental Agreements. 

In executing, or accepting the additional agencies created by, any supplemental agreement permitted by this Article or the modifications
thereby of the agencies created by this Purchase Contract Agreement, the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee shall be provided, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental agreement is authorized or permitted by this Purchase Contract Agreement and does not violate the Indenture, and that any and all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such
supplemental agreement have been satisfied. The Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental agreement that affects the Purchase Contract Agent’s or Trustee’s own rights, duties
or immunities under this Purchase Contract Agreement or otherwise. 
 Section 8.04. Effect of Supplemental Agreements.

 Upon the execution of any supplemental agreement under this Article, this Purchase Contract Agreement shall be modified in accordance
therewith, and such supplemental agreement shall form a part of this Purchase Contract Agreement for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated on behalf of the Holders and delivered hereunder, shall be
bound thereby. 
 Section 8.05. Reference to Supplemental Agreements. 

Securities authenticated on behalf of the Holders and delivered after the execution of any supplemental agreement pursuant to this Article
may, and shall if required by the Purchase Contract Agent, bear a notation in form approved by the Purchase Contract Agent as to any matter provided for in such supplemental agreement. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so modified as
to conform, in the opinion of the Purchase Contract Agent, the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental agreement may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated on behalf of the Holders and delivered by the Purchase Contract
Agent in exchange for outstanding Securities. 
 Section 8.06. Notice of Supplemental Agreements. 

After any supplemental purchase contract agreement under this Article becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders a notice
briefly describing such supplemental purchase contract agreement; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of such supplemental purchase
contract agreement. 
 ARTICLE IX 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR CONVEYANCE 

Section 9.01. Covenant Not to Amalgamate, Consolidate, Merge, Convey, Transfer or Lease Property Except Under Certain
Conditions. 
 The Company covenants that it will not amalgamate or consolidate with, merge with or into, or convey, transfer
or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to another Person unless: 
 (a) the resulting, surviving or
transferee Person (the “Successor Company”), if not the Company, is (and, if the Company remains a party to the Purchase Contracts and the Purchase Contract Agreement after giving effect to such transaction and the requirements in
respect thereof under the Purchase Contract Agreement, the Company is) a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the U.S., any State thereof or the District of 

  
 46 

 
Columbia, and the Successor Company, if not the Company, expressly assumes, by supplemental purchase contract agreement, executed and delivered to the Purchase Contract Agent, in form
satisfactory to the Purchase Contract Agent, all of the obligations of the Company under the Purchase Contracts and the Purchase Contract Agreement; 

(b) the obligor under the Purchase Contracts will not, immediately after the relevant transaction, be in default in the
performance of its covenants and conditions under the Units, the Purchase Contracts or the Purchase Contract Agreement; and 

(c) the Company shall have delivered to the Purchase Contract Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel,
subject to customary qualifications and assumptions, each stating that such transaction and such modifications to this Purchase Contract Agreement, if any, comply with the requirements therefor under Article VIII. 

Section 9.02. Rights and Duties of Successor Entity. 

In case of any such merger, consolidation, sale, assignment, transfer or conveyance (but not any such lease) and upon any such assumption by a
successor entity in accordance with Section 9.01, such successor entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Company. Such successor entity thereupon may cause to be
signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Securities evidencing Units or Purchase Contracts issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the
Purchase Contract Agent; and, upon the order of such successor entity, instead of the Company, and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Purchase Contract Agreement prescribed, the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee shall
authenticate on behalf of the Holders and deliver any Securities that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee for authentication, and any Security evidencing Units or
Purchase Contracts that such successor corporation thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee for that purpose. All the Securities issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit
under this Purchase Contract Agreement as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Purchase Contract Agreement as though all of such Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

In the event of any such merger, consolidation, sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance, such change in phraseology and form (but not
in substance) may be made in the Securities evidencing Units or Purchase Contracts thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate. 

Section 9.03. Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel Given to Purchase Contract Agent. 

The Purchase Contract Agent, subject to Section 7.01 and Section 7.03, shall receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such merger, consolidation, conversion, sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance, and any such assumption, complies with the provisions of this Article and that all conditions precedent to the
consummation of any such merger, consolidation, sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance have been met. 
 ARTICLE X 

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY 

Section 10.01. Performance Under Purchase Contracts. 

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Units and Purchase Contracts that it will duly and
punctually perform its obligations under the Units and Purchase Contracts in accordance with the terms of the Units and Purchase Contracts and this Purchase Contract Agreement. 

  
 47 

 Section 10.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Company will maintain in the continental United States an office or agency where Securities may be presented or surrendered for
acquisition of shares of Common Stock upon settlement of the Purchase Contracts on the Mandatory Settlement Date or any Early Settlement Exercise Date and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Purchase Contracts and this
Purchase Contract Agreement may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Purchase Contract Agent of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any
such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Purchase Contract Agent with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Company hereby appoints
the Purchase Contract Agent as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 
 The Company may also
from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such
designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the continental United States for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Purchase Contract Agent of any
such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The Company hereby designates as the place of payment for the Purchase Contracts the Corporate Trust Office and appoints the Purchase Contract Agent
at its Corporate Trust Office as paying agent in such city. 
 Section 10.03. RESERVED. 

Section 10.04. Existence. 

Except as otherwise permitted under ARTICLE IX, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to maintain in full force its
legal existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises, except that the Company is not required to preserve any right or franchise if the Company determines that it is no longer desirable in the conduct of its business and the loss is not
disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders of any Purchase Contracts. 
 Section 10.05. Company to Reserve Common
Stock. 
 The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock, solely
for issuance upon settlement of the Purchase Contracts, that number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be issuable upon the settlement of all Outstanding Purchase Contracts, assuming settlement at the Maximum Number of Shares set
forth in Section 5.02(e), subject to adjustment as set forth hereto. 
 Section 10.06. Covenants as to Common
Stock. 
 The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon settlement of any Outstanding
Purchase Contract shall, upon issuance, be newly issued shares or treasury shares, be issued in book-entry format held through DTC, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free from all taxes, liens and charges (other than
those created by the Holder or due to a change in registered owner) and not subject to any preemptive rights. 
 The Company further
covenants that, if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on the NYSE or any other national securities exchange, the Company will, if permitted by the rules of such exchange, list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed
on such exchange, all Common Stock issuable upon settlement of the Purchase Contracts; provided, however, that, if the rules of such exchange system permit the Company to defer the listing of such Common Stock until the first delivery of Common
Stock upon settlement of Purchase Contracts in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company covenants to list such Common Stock issuable upon settlement of the Purchase Contracts in accordance with the requirements of such exchange
at such time. 
 [SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE] 

  
 48 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Purchase Contract Agreement to be
duly executed as of the day and year first above written. 
  

					
	FORESTAR GROUP INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Christopher L. Nines

		 	Name:	 	Christopher L. Nines
		 	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer
	
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	as Purchase Contract Agent
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mauri J. Cowen

		 	Name:	 	Mauri J. Cowen
		 	Title:	 	Vice President
	
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	as Trustee under the Indenture
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mauri J. Cowen

		 	Name:	 	Mauri J. Cowen
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

 EXHIBIT A 

[FORM OF UNIT] 

[INCLUDE IF A GLOBAL UNIT] 

[THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL UNIT WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE
NAME OF CEDE & CO., AS NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE “DEPOSITARY”), THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY. THIS GLOBAL UNIT IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN
THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.  

UNLESS THIS GLOBAL UNIT IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND
ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY
AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.] 

  
 A-1 

 FORESTAR GROUP INC. 

6.00% TANGIBLE EQUITY UNITS 
 CUSIP
No. 346232 309 
 ISIN No. US3462323094 
  

			
	No.             	  	[Initial] * Number of Units:                     

 This Unit certifies that [CEDE & CO.]*
[            ]** (the “Holder”), or registered assigns, is the registered owner of [the number of Units set forth above]** [the number of Units shown on Schedule A hereto,
which number may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Contract Agreement (as defined below), but which shall not exceed 6,000,000 Units]*. 

Each Unit consists of (i) a Purchase Contract and (ii) a Note, in each case issued by Forestar Group Inc. (the
“Company”). Each Unit evidenced hereby is governed by a Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2013 (as may be supplemented from time to time, the “Purchase Contract Agreement”), between the
Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as purchase contract agent (including its successors hereunder, the “Purchase Contract Agent”) and as trustee (including its successors hereunder, the “Trustee”) under the
Indenture.  
 Reference is hereby made to the Purchase Contract Agreement and the Indenture and, in each case supplemental
agreements thereto, for a description of the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Purchase Contract Agent, the Trustee, the Company and the Holders and of the terms upon which the Units are,
and are to be, executed and delivered. 
 Upon the conditions and under the circumstances set forth in the Purchase Contract Agreement,
Holders of Units shall have the right to separate a Unit into its component parts, and a Holder of a Separate Purchase Contract and Separate Note shall have the right to re-create a Unit. 

The Company agrees, and by purchasing a Unit or beneficial interest therein each Holder and beneficial owner (for U.S. federal income tax
purposes) agrees, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to treat (1) a Unit as an investment unit composed of two separate instruments, in accordance with its form and (2) the Notes as indebtedness of the Company. 

The Units, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to the Units, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof that would result in the application of law other than the law of the State of New York). 

Capitalized terms used herein and not defined have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Contract Agreement. 

In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Unit and the provisions of the Purchase Contract Agreement, the Purchase
Contract Agreement shall prevail. 
 [SIGNATURE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE] 

 

	*	Include only if a Global Unit. 

	**	Include only if not a Global Unit. 

  
 A-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, FORESTAR GROUP INC. has caused this instrument to be signed manually
or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized Officers. 
 Dated: 

 

			
	FORESTAR GROUP INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 A-3 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is one of the Units referred to in the within mentioned Purchase Contract Agreement. 

Date of authentication: 
  

			
	U.S. Bank National Association, as Purchase Contract Agent
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory
	
	U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-4 

 SCHEDULE A 

[INCLUDE IF A GLOBAL UNIT] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN A GLOBAL UNIT 

The initial number of Units evidenced by this Global Unit is
                    . The following increases or decreases in this Global Unit have been made: 

 

									
	 Date
	  	 Amount of increase in

number of Units

evidenced by the Global

Unit
	  	 Amount of decrease in

number of Units
 evidenced
by the Global
 Unit
	  	 Number of Units

evidenced by the Global

Unit following such

decrease or increase
	  	 Signature of authorized

signatory of Purchase

Contract Agent

		  		  		  		  	

  
 A-5 

 ATTACHMENT 1 

[FORM OF SEPARATION NOTICE] 
 U.S. Bank
National Association 
 Attn: DWAC 
 60 Livingston Avenue, 2nd Floor 
 St. Paul, MN 55107 

Or by e-mail to: cts.transfers@usbank 
  

	Re:	Separation of [Global]* Units 

 The undersigned [Beneficial Owner]* hereby notifies you that it wishes
to separate              Units [as to which it holds a Book-Entry Interest]* into the applicable number of Notes and the applicable number of Purchase Contracts in accordance with the
Purchase Contract Agreement (the “Purchase Contract Agreement”) dated November 27, 2013 between Forestar Group Inc. (the “Company”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Purchase Contract Agent and Trustee
under the Indenture. Terms used and not defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Purchase Contract Agreement.  
 The
undersigned [includes herewith]** [Beneficial Owner has instructed the undersigned Depository Participant to transfer to you its Book-Entry Interests]* the number of Units specified in the immediately succeeding paragraph. The undersigned [includes
herewith]** [Beneficial Owner has furnished the undersigned Depository Participant with]* the appropriate endorsements and documents and paid all transfer or similar taxes, if any, to the extent required by the Purchase Contract Agreement. 

Please [deliver to the undersigned’s address specified below]** [transfer to the account of the undersigned Beneficial Owner with the undersigned
Depositary Participant the beneficial interests in]* (i) the number of Notes and (ii) number of Purchase Contracts represented by the number of Units specified above. 

 

	*	Include only if a Global Unit. 

	**	Include only if not a Global Unit. 

  
 A-6 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the [undersigned has caused this instrument to be duly executed]**
[Depository Participant has caused this instrument to be duly executed on behalf of itself and the undersigned Beneficial Owner]*.  
  

			
	Dated:	 	  

 
			
	[NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		 	Address:

  

			
	[NAME OF DEPOSITORY PARTICIPANT]*
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Address:

 Attest By: 

  
 A-7 

 ATTACHMENT 2 

[FORM OF RECREATION NOTICE] 
 U.S. Bank
National Association 
 Attn: DWAC 
 60 Livingston Avenue, 2nd Floor 
 St. Paul, MN 55107 

Or by e-mail to: cts.transfers@usbank 
  

	Re:	Recreation of [Global]* Units 

 The undersigned [Beneficial Owner]* hereby notifies you that it
wishes to recreate              Units [as to which it holds a Book-Entry Interest]* from the applicable number of Notes and the applicable number of Purchase Contracts in accordance with
the Purchase Contract Agreement (the “Purchase Contract Agreement”) dated as of November [27], 2013 between Forestar Group Inc. (the “Company”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Purchase Contract Agent and
Trustee under the Indenture. Terms used and not defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Purchase Contract Agreement. 

The undersigned [includes herewith]** [Beneficial Owner has instructed the undersigned Depository Participant to transfer to you its
Book-Entry Interests in]* the applicable number of Notes and the applicable number of Purchase Contracts sufficient for the recreation of the number of Units specified above. The undersigned [includes herewith]* [Beneficial Owner has furnished the
undersigned Depository Participant with]** the appropriate endorsements and documents and paid all transfer or similar taxes, if any, to the extent required by the Purchase Contract Agreement. 

Please [deliver to the undersigned’s address specified below]** [transfer to the account of the undersigned Beneficial Owner with the
undersigned Depositary Participant the beneficial interests in]* the number of Units specified above. 
  

	*	Include only if a Global Unit. 

	**	Include only if not a Global Unit. 

  
 A-8 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the [undersigned has caused this instrument to be duly executed]**
[Depository Participant has caused this instrument to be duly executed on behalf of itself and the undersigned Beneficial Owner]*. 
  

									
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 		 	
		 		 		 	[NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER]
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 		 	Title:
		 		 		 		 	Address:
				
	[NAME OF DEPOSITORY PARTICIPANT]*	 		 		 	
					
	By:	 	  
	 		 		 	
		 	Name:	 		 		 	
		 	Address:	 		 		 	
				
	Attest By:	 		 		 	

  
 A-9 

 ATTACHMENT 3 

FORESTAR GROUP INC. 

PURCHASE CONTRACTS 
 CUSIP No. : 346232
119 
 ISIN No. : US3462321197 
  

			
	No.             	  	Number of Purchase Contracts:                     

 This Purchase Contract certifies that, CEDE & CO., or its registered assigns (the
“Holder”) is the registered owner of the number of Purchase Contracts [set forth above]**[shown on Schedule A hereto]*, which number may from time to time be reduced or increased as set forth on Schedule A hereto, as appropriate in
accordance with the terms of the Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2013 (as may be supplemented from time to time, the “Purchase Contract Agreement”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association,
as purchase contract agent (including its successors hereunder, the “Purchase Contract Agent”) and as trustee under the Indenture (as defined on the reverse hereof), but which shall not exceed 6,000,000 Purchase Contracts. 

Each Purchase Contract consists of the rights of the Holder under such Purchase Contract with the Company. All capitalized terms used herein
which are defined in the Purchase Contract Agreement have the meaning set forth therein. 
 Each Purchase Contract evidenced hereby
obligates the Company to deliver to the Holder of this Purchase Contract on the Mandatory Settlement Date a number shares of common stock, $1.00 par value (“Common Stock”), of the Company equal to the Settlement Amount, unless such
Purchase Contract settles prior to the Mandatory Settlement Date, all as provided in the Purchase Contract Agreement and more fully described on the reverse hereof. 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the
same effect as if set forth at this place. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, FORESTAR GROUP INC. has caused this instrument to be signed
manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized Officers. 
 Dated: 

 

			
	FORESTAR GROUP INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

	**	Include only if not a Global Unit. 

	*	Include only if a Global Unit. 

  
 A-10 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is one of the Purchase Contracts referred to in the within-mentioned Purchase Contract Agreement. 

Date of authentication: 
  

			
	U.S. Bank National Association, as Purchase Contract Agent
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-11 

 [REVERSE OF PURCHASE CONTRACT] 

Each Purchase Contract evidenced hereby is governed by the Purchase Contract Agreement. Reference is hereby made to the Purchase Contract
Agreement and supplemental agreements thereto for a description of the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Purchase Contract Agent, the Trustee, the Company, and the Holders and of the terms
upon which the Purchase Contracts are, and are to be, executed and delivered. 
 Each Purchase Contract evidenced hereby obligates the
Company to deliver to the Holder of this Purchase Contract, on the Mandatory Settlement Date, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Settlement Amount, unless such Purchase Contract settles prior to the Mandatory Settlement Date, all as
provided in the Purchase Contract Agreement. 
 No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued upon settlement of Purchase Contracts,
as provided in Section 4.05 of the Purchase Contract Agreement. 
 The Purchase Contracts are issuable only in registered form and only
in denominations of a single Purchase Contract and any integral multiple thereof. The transfer of any Purchase Contract will be registered and Purchase Contracts may be exchanged as provided in the Purchase Contract Agreement. 

The Holder of this Purchase Contract, by its acceptance hereof, authorizes the Purchase Contract Agent to enter into and perform the Purchase
Contract Agreement on its behalf as its attorney-in-fact and agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof. 
 Subject to certain
exceptions set forth in the Purchase Contract Agreement, the provisions of the Purchase Contract Agreement may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the Purchase Contracts. 

The Purchase Contracts, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to the Purchase Contracts, shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof that would result in the application of law other than the law of the State of New York). 

The Company, the Purchase Contract Agent and its Affiliates and any agent of the Company or the Purchase Contract Agent may treat the Person
in whose name this Purchase Contract is registered as the absolute owner of the Purchase Contracts evidenced hereby for the purpose of performance of the Purchase Contracts and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not any payments in
respect thereof be overdue and notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, and neither the Company, the Purchase Contract Agent nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

The Purchase Contracts shall not entitle the Holder to any of the rights of a holder of the Common Stock or other Exchange Property, except as
provided by the Purchase Contract Agreement. 
 Each Purchase Contract (whether or not included in a Unit) is a security governed by Article
8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York on the date hereof. 
 A copy of the Purchase Contract Agreement is
available for inspection at the offices of the Purchase Contract Agent. 
 In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this
Purchase Contract and the provisions of the Purchase Contract Agreement, the Purchase Contract Agreement shall prevail. 

  
 A-12 

 ABBREVIATIONS 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out
in full according to applicable laws or regulations: 
  

									
	TEN COM:	  	as tenants in common	 		 		 	
					
	UNIF GIFT MIN ACT:	  	  
	 		 	Custodian:	 	  

		  	(cust)	 		 		 	(minor)
			
		  	Under Uniform gifts to Minors Act of	 	  

		
		  	  

					
	TENANT:	  	as tenants by the entireties	 		 		 	
					
	JT TEN:	  	as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common	 		 		 	

 Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto 

(Please insert Social Security or Taxpayer I.D. or other Identifying Number of Assignee) 

(Please Print or Type Name and Address Including Postal Zip Code of Assignee) 

the within Purchase Contracts and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing attorney
                    , to transfer said Purchase Contracts on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. 

 

									
	DATED:	 	  
	 		 	Signature:	 	  

				
		 		 		 	Notice : The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Purchase Contracts in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change
whatsoever

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  
	  	

  
 A-13 

 SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS 

The undersigned Holder directs that shares of Common Stock or other securities deliverable upon settlement on or after the Settlement Date of
Purchase Contracts evidenced by this instrument be registered in the name of, and delivered, together with a check in payment for any fractional share, to the undersigned at the address indicated below unless a different name and address have been
indicated below. If shares of Common Stock or other securities are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay any transfer or similar taxes payable incidental thereto. 

 

							
	DATED:	 	  
	 		 	  

		 		 		 	Signature

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

	(if assigned to another Person)

  

					
	If shares are to be registered in the name of and delivered to a Person other than the Holder, please (i) print such Person’s name and address and (ii) provide a guarantee of your signature:	 		 	
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Name	 		 	Name
			
	Address	 		 	Address
			
	  
	 		 	  

			
	  
	 		 	  

			
	Social Security or other Taxpayer Identification Number, if any	 		 	  

  
 A-14 

 ELECTION TO SETTLE EARLY 

The undersigned Holder of this Purchase Contract hereby irrevocably exercises the option to effect Early Settlement in accordance with the
terms of the Purchase Contract Agreement with respect to the Purchase Contracts evidenced by this instrument specified below. The undersigned Holder directs that shares of Common Stock or other securities deliverable upon such Early Settlement be
registered in the name of, and delivered, together with a check in payment for any fractional share and any Purchase Contract representing any Purchase Contracts evidenced hereby as to which Early Settlement is not effected, to the undersigned at
the address indicated below unless a different name and address have been indicated below. If shares of Common Stock or other securities are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay any transfer
or similar taxes payable incident thereto. 
  

									
	DATED:	 	  
	 		 	Signature:	 	  

					
			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  
	 	

 Number of Purchase Contracts evidenced hereby as to which Early Settlement is being elected: 

 

					
	If shares of Common Stock or Purchase Contracts are to be registered in the name of and delivered to a Person other than the Holder, please print such Person’s name and address:	 		 	REGISTERED HOLDER
			
		 		 	Please print name and address of Registered Holder:
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Name	 		 	Name
			
	Address	 		 	Address
			
	  
	 		 	  

			
	  
	 		 	  

			
	Social Security or other Taxpayer Identification Number, if any	 		 	  

  
 A-15 

 SCHEDULE A 

[INCLUDE IF A GLOBAL PURCHASE CONTRACT] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN THE PURCHASE CONTRACT 

The initial number of Purchase Contracts evidenced by this certificate is
                    . The following increases or decreases in this certificate have been made: 

 

									
	 Date
	  	Amount of increase in
number of Purchase
Contracts evidenced
hereby	  	Amount of decrease in
number of Purchase
Contracts evidenced
hereby	  	Number of Purchase
Contracts evidenced
hereby following such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Purchase
Contract Agent
		  		  		  		  	

  
 A-16 

 ATTACHMENT 4 

FORESTAR GROUP INC. 

4.50% SENIOR AMORTIZING NOTES 

DUE DECEMBER 15, 2016 
 CUSIP No. :
346232 200 
 ISIN No. : US3462322005 
  

			
	No.                     	  	[Initial] Number of Notes: [                    ]    

 Forestar Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”, which term includes any successor
corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the initial principal sum of $4.2522 for each of the number of Notes set forth [above][in Schedule A
hereto], in quarterly installments of $0.3750 per Note (except for the March 15, 2014 installment, which shall be $0.4500 per Note) (each such payment, an “Installment Payment,” constituting a payment of interest at the rate
per year of 4.50% and a partial repayment of principal) payable on each March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, commencing on March 15, 2014 (each such date, an “Installment Payment Date”
and the period from, and including, November 27, 2013 to, but excluding, the first Installment Payment Date and each subsequent full quarterly period from and including an Installment Payment Date to, but excluding, the immediately succeeding
Installment Payment Date, an “Installment Payment Period”), all as set forth on the reverse hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any Installment Payment for any Installment Payment Period shall be increased by the
amount of additional interest, if any, payable for such Installment Payment Period as provided in the Indenture hereinafter referred to. 

The Installment Payment on any Installment Payment Date shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
If an installment is payable for any period shorter or longer than a full Installment Payment Period, such installment shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed per 30-day month. In the event that any date on which an
installment is payable is not a Business Day, then payment of the installment on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay. However, if such
Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, then such Installment Payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date when such Installment Payment was
originally due. 
 Installment Payments shall be paid to the person in whose name the Note is registered, with limited exceptions, at the
Close of Business on March 1, June 1, September 1 or December 1. Installment Payments shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the continental United States; provided,
however, that payment of Installment Payments may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the registered Holder at such address as shall appear in the Security Register or by wire transfer to an account appropriately designated by
the Holder entitled to payment. 
 This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose until the Certificate of Authentication shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee. 
 The provisions
of this Note are continued on the reverse side hereof and such continued provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place. 

[SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE] 

  
 A-17 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, FORESTAR GROUP INC. has caused this instrument to be signed manually
or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized Officers. 
 Dated: 

 

			
	FORESTAR GROUP INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 A-18 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within mentioned Indenture. 

Date of authentication: 
  

			
	U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture
		
	By:	 	  

	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-19 

 [REVERSE OF NOTE] 

FORESTAR GROUP INC. 
 This Note is
one of a duly authorized series of Securities of the Company designated as its 4.50% Senior Amortized Notes due 2016 (herein sometimes referred to as the “Notes”), issued under the indenture, dated as of February 26, 2013,
between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture) (the “Base Indenture”) as supplemented by the Second Supplemental
Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2013, between the Company and the Trustee (the “Supplemental Indenture” and together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), to which Indenture reference is hereby made
for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders. The terms of other series of Securities issued under the Base Indenture may vary with respect to
interest rates, issue dates, maturity, redemption, repayment, currency of payment and otherwise as provided in the Base Indenture. The Indenture further provides that securities of a single series may be issued at various times, with different
maturity dates and may bear interest at different rates. This series of Securities is limited in aggregate principal amount as specified in the Supplemental Indenture. 

Each Installment Payment shall constitute a payment of interest (at a rate of 4.50% per annum) and a partial repayment of principal on
the Note, allocated as set forth in the schedule below: 
  

									
	 Scheduled Installment Payment Date
	  	Amount of
Principal	 	  	Amount of
Interest	 
	 March 15, 2014
	  	$	0.3926	  	  	$	0.0574	  
	 June 15, 2014
	  	$	0.3316	  	  	$	0.0434	  
	 September 15, 2014
	  	$	0.3353	  	  	$	0.0397	  
	 December 15, 2014
	  	$	0.3391	  	  	$	0.0359	  
	 March 15, 2015
	  	$	0.3429	  	  	$	0.0321	  
	 June 15, 2015
	  	$	0.3468	  	  	$	0.0282	  
	 September 15, 2015
	  	$	0.3507	  	  	$	0.0243	  
	 December 15, 2015
	  	$	0.3546	  	  	$	0.0204	  
	 March 15, 2016
	  	$	0.3586	  	  	$	0.0164	  
	 June 15, 2016
	  	$	0.3626	  	  	$	0.0124	  
	 September 15, 2016
	  	$	0.3667	  	  	$	0.0083	  
	 December 15, 2016
	  	$	0.3707	  	  	$	0.0043	  

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any Installment Payment for any Installment Payment Period shall
be increased by the amount of additional interest, if any, payable for such Installment Payment Period as provided in the Indenture. 
 The
Notes shall not be subject to redemption at the option of the Company. 
 This Note is not entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund. The
Indenture contains provisions for legal defeasance and covenant defeasance at any time of the indebtedness on this Note upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein, which provisions apply to this Note. 

If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, then (unless no declaration of acceleration or notice is
required for such Event of Default) either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare all future, scheduled Installment Payments to be due and payable immediately, in the manner,
subject to the conditions and with the effect provided in the Indenture. 
 The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein
provided, the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures for certain purposes as described therein. 

  
 A-20 

 Obligations Unconditional. No provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or
impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay Installment Payments on this Note at the time, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein and in the Indenture prescribed. 

Additional Terms. The Notes are originally being issued as part of the Company’s 6.00% Tangible Equity Units (the
“Units”) issued pursuant to that certain Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2013, between the Company, U.S. Bank National Association, as Purchase Contract Agent and as Trustee of the Indenture (the
“Purchase Contract Agreement”). Holders of the Units have the right to separate such Units into their constituent parts, consisting of Separate Purchase Contracts (as defined in the Purchase Contract Agreement) and Separate Notes,
during the times, and under the circumstances described in the Purchase Contract Agreement. Following separation of any Unit into its constituent Separate Purchase Contract and Separate Note, the Separate Notes are transferable independently from
the Separate Purchase Contracts. In addition, Separate Notes can be recombined with Separate Purchase Contracts to recreate Units, as provided for in the Purchase Contract Agreement. Reference is hereby made to the Purchase Contract Agreement for a
more complete description of the terms thereof applicable to the Units and Notes. 
 Transfer and Exchange. As provided in the
Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note shall be registered on the Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in
the continental United States, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the Holder hereof or by his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Note or Notes in authorized denominations and for a like aggregate principal amount. 

The Notes are initially issued in registered, global form without coupons in denominations initially equal to $4.2522 and integral multiples
in excess thereof. 
 No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith. 
 Prior to due
presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Holder in whose name this Note is registered as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this
Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 This Note and
the Indenture, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to the Indenture or this Note, shall for all purposes be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the conflicts
of law principles thereof that would result in the application of law other than the law of the State of New York). 
 The Company
and the Trustee hereby waive their respective rights to trial by jury in any action or proceeding arising out of or related to the Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated thereby, to the extent permitted by law. 

All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in
the Indenture. 
 No recourse shall be had for the payment of any Installment Payment on this Note, or for any claim based hereon, or upon
any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, either directly or through the
Company or of any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment of penalty or otherwise; and all such personal liability is expressly released and waived as a condition
of, and as part of the consideration for, the issuance of this Note. 

  
 A-21 

 The Company, each Holder and each beneficial owner (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) by its
acquisition of a beneficial interest in the Notes agrees, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to treat the Notes as indebtedness of the Company. 

A copy of the Indenture is available for inspection at the office of the Trustee. 

In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Note and the provisions of the Indenture, the Indenture shall prevail. 

  
 A-22 

 ASSIGNMENT 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Note to: 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number) 

(Insert address and zip code of assignee) 
 and irrevocably
appoints: 
 as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her. 

 

			
	Date:	 	  

  

	
	  

	Signature:
	
	  

	Signature Guarantee

 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note) 

  
 A-23 

 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements
include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for,
STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	  

	as Trustee

  

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Attest 
  

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-24 

 SCHEDULE A 

[INCLUDE IF A GLOBAL NOTE] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN THE NOTE 

The initial number of Notes evidenced by this certificate is
[                    ]. The following increases or decreases in this Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date
	  	Amount of
decrease in number
of Notes evidenced
hereby	  	Amount of increase
in number of Notes
evidenced hereby	  	Number of Notes
evidenced hereby
following such
decrease (or
increase)	  	Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee
		  		  		  		  	

  
 A-25 

 EXHIBIT B 

[FORM OF PURCHASE CONTRACT] 

[INCLUDE IF A GLOBAL PURCHASE CONTRACT] 

[THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL PURCHASE CONTRACT WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED
IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., AS NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE “DEPOSITARY”), THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY. THIS GLOBAL PURCHASE CONTRACT IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR
SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE
BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES. 

UNLESS THIS GLOBAL PURCHASE CONTRACT IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR
PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.] 

  
 B-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, FORESTAR GROUP INC. has caused this instrument to be signed manually
or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized Officers. 
 Dated: 

 

			
	FORESTAR GROUP INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 B-2 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is one of the Units referred to in the within mentioned Purchase Contract Agreement. 

Date of authentication: 
  

			
	U.S. Bank National Association, as Purchase Contract Agent
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory
	
	U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 B-3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF PURCHASE CONTRACT] 

Each Purchase Contract evidenced hereby is governed by a Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2013 (as may be
supplemented from time to time, the “Purchase Contract Agreement”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as purchase contract agent (including its successors hereunder, the “Purchase Contract
Agent”) and as trustee under the Indenture. Reference is hereby made to the Purchase Contract Agreement and supplemental agreements thereto for a description of the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and
immunities thereunder of the Purchase Contract Agent, the Trustee, the Company, and the Holders and of the terms upon which the Purchase Contracts are, and are to be, executed and delivered. 

Each Purchase Contract evidenced hereby obligates the Company to deliver to the Holder of this Purchase Contract, on the Mandatory Settlement
Date, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Settlement Amount, unless such Purchase Contract settles prior to the Mandatory Settlement Date, all as provided in the Purchase Contract Agreement. 

No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued upon settlement of Purchase Contracts, as provided in Section 4.05 of the Purchase
Contract Agreement. 
 The Purchase Contracts are issuable only in registered form and only in denominations of a single Purchase Contract
and any integral multiple thereof. The transfer of any Purchase Contract will be registered and Purchase Contracts may be exchanged as provided in the Purchase Contract Agreement. 

The Holder of this Purchase Contract, by its acceptance hereof, authorizes the Purchase Contract Agent to enter into and perform the Purchase
Contract Agreement on its behalf as its attorney-in-fact and agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof. 
 Subject to certain
exceptions set forth in the Purchase Contract Agreement, the provisions of the Purchase Contract Agreement may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the Purchase Contracts. 

The Purchase Contracts, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to the Purchase Contracts, shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof that would result in the application of law other than the law of the State of New York). 

The Company, the Purchase Contract Agent and its Affiliates and any agent of the Company or the Purchase Contract Agent may treat the Person
in whose name this Purchase Contract is registered as the absolute owner of the Purchase Contracts evidenced hereby for the purpose of performance of the Purchase Contracts and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not any payments in
respect thereof be overdue and notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, and neither the Company, the Purchase Contract Agent nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

The Purchase Contracts shall not entitle the Holder to any of the rights of a holder of the Common Stock or other Exchange Property, except as
provided by the Purchase Contract Agreement. 
 Each Purchase Contract (whether or not included in a Unit) is a security governed by Article
8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York on the date hereof. 
 A copy of the Purchase Contract Agreement is
available for inspection at the offices of the Purchase Contract Agent. 
 In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this
Purchase Contract and the provisions of the Purchase Contract, the Purchase Contract Agreement shall prevail. 

  
 B-4 

 ABBREVIATIONS 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out
in full according to applicable laws or regulations: 
  

									
	TEN COM:	  	as tenants in common	 		 		 	
					
	UNIF GIFT MIN ACT:	  	  
	 		 	Custodian:	 	  

		  	(cust)	 		 		 	(minor)
			
		  	Under Uniform gifts to Minors Act of	 	  

		
		  	  

					
	TENANT:	  	as tenants by the entireties	 		 		 	
					
	JT TEN:	  	as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common	 		 		 	

 Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto 

(Please insert Social Security or Taxpayer I.D. or other Identifying Number of Assignee) 

(Please Print or Type Name and Address Including Postal Zip Code of Assignee) 

the within Purchase Contracts and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing attorney
                    , to transfer said Purchase Contracts on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. 

 

									
	DATED:	 	  
	 		 	Signature:	 	  

				
		 		 		 	Notice : The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within Purchase Contracts in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change
whatsoever

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  
	  	

  
 B-5 

 SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS 

The undersigned Holder directs that shares of Common Stock or other securities deliverable upon settlement on or after the Settlement Date of
Purchase Contracts evidenced by this instrument be registered in the name of, and delivered, together with a check in payment for any fractional share, to the undersigned at the address indicated below unless a different name and address have been
indicated below. If shares of Common Stock or other securities are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay any transfer or similar taxes payable incidental thereto. 

 

									
	DATED:	 	  
	 		 	  

		 		 		 	Signature

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

	(if assigned to another Person)

  

							
	If shares are to be registered in the name of and delivered to a Person other than the Holder, please (i) print such Person’s name and address and (ii) provide a guarantee of your signature:	 		 	
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Name	 		 	Name
			
	Address	 		 	Address
			
	  
	 		 	  

			
	  
	 		 	  

			
	Social Security or other Taxpayer Identification Number, if any	 		 	  

  
 B-6 

 ELECTION TO SETTLE EARLY 

The undersigned Holder of this Purchase Contract hereby irrevocably exercises the option to effect Early Settlement in accordance with the
terms of the Purchase Contract Agreement with respect to the Purchase Contracts evidenced by this instrument specified below. The undersigned Holder directs that shares of Common Stock or other securities deliverable upon such Early Settlement be
registered in the name of, and delivered, together with a check in payment for any fractional share and any Purchase Contract representing any Purchase Contracts evidenced hereby as to which Early Settlement is not effected, to the undersigned at
the address indicated below unless a different name and address have been indicated below. If shares of Common Stock or other securities are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay any transfer
or similar taxes payable incident thereto. 
  

									
	DATED:	 	  
	 		 	Signature:	 	  

					
			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  
	 	

 Number of Purchase Contracts evidenced hereby as to which Early Settlement is being elected: 

 

					
	If shares of Common Stock or Purchase Contracts are to be registered in the name of and delivered to a Person other than the Holder, please print such Person’s name and address:	 		 	REGISTERED HOLDER
			
		 		 	Please print name and address of Registered Holder:
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Name	 		 	Name
			
	Address	 		 	Address
			
	  
	 		 	  

			
	  
	 		 	  

			
	Social Security or other Taxpayer Identification Number, if any	 		 	  

  
 B-7 

 SCHEDULE A 

[INCLUDE IF A GLOBAL PURCHASE CONTRACT] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN THE PURCHASE CONTRACT 

The initial number of Purchase Contracts evidenced by this certificate is
                    . The following increases or decreases in this certificate have been made: 

 

									
	 Date
	  	Amount of increase in
number of Purchase
Contracts evidenced
hereby	  	Amount of decrease in
number of Purchase
Contracts evidenced
hereby	  	Number of Purchase
Contracts evidenced
hereby following such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Purchase
Contract Agent
		  		  		  		  	

  
 B-8EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

 
  

WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC. 
 as
Issuer, 
 the Parent Guarantor named herein 

and 
 U.S. BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION 
 as Trustee 
  

 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of November 26, 2013 
  

 
 5.375% Senior
Notes due 2021 
  
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

			
	 TIA

Section
	  	Indenture
Section
	 310 (a)(1)
	  	7.10
	        (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	        (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	        (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	        (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	        (b)
	  	7.10
	        (b)(1)
	  	7.10
	        (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311 (a)
	  	7.11
	        (b)
	  	7.11
	        (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312 (a)
	  	2.06
	        (b)
	  	11.03
	        (c)
	  	11.03
	 313 (a)
	  	7.06
	        (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	        (b)(2)
	  	7.06
	        (c)
	  	7.06; 11.02
	        (d)
	  	7.06
	 314 (a)
	  	4.06; 4.16(c)
	        (b)
	  	N.A.
	        (c)(1)
	  	11.04(1)
	        (c)(2)
	  	11.04(2)
	        (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	        (d)
	  	N.A.
	        (e)
	  	11.05
	        (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315 (a)
	  	7.01(b)
	        (b)
	  	7.05
	        (c)
	  	7.01(a)
	        (d)
	  	7.01(c)
	        (e)
	  	6.12
	 316 (a) (last sentence)
	  	2.10
	        (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	        (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04(a)
	        (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	        (b)
	  	6.08
	        (c)
	  	8.04(b)
	 317 (a)(1)
	  	6.09
	        (a)(2)
	  	6.10
	        (b)
	  	2.05; 7.12
	 318 (a)
	  	11.01

  
 N.A. means
Not Applicable 

	Note:	This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE ONE	  
	
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  
			
	 SECTION 1.01.
	  	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.02.
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	26	  
	 SECTION 1.03.
	  	Rules of Construction	  	 	26	  
	
	ARTICLE TWO	  
	
	THE SECURITIES	  
			
	 SECTION 2.01.
	  	Amount of Notes	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 2.02.
	  	Form and Dating; Legends	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 2.03.
	  	Execution and Authentication	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 2.04.
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 2.05.
	  	Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 2.06.
	  	Noteholder Lists	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 2.07.
	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 2.08.
	  	Replacement Notes	  	 	31	  
	 SECTION 2.09.
	  	Outstanding Notes	  	 	32	  
	 SECTION 2.10.
	  	Treasury Notes	  	 	32	  
	 SECTION 2.11.
	  	Temporary Notes	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.12.
	  	Cancellation	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.13.
	  	Defaulted Interest	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.14.
	  	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 2.15.
	  	Deposit of Moneys	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 2.16.
	  	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 2.17.
	  	Transfer and Exchange of Notes	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 2.18.
	  	Computation of Interest	  	 	43	  
	
	ARTICLE THREE	  
	
	REDEMPTION	  
			
	 SECTION 3.01.
	  	Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee	  	 	43	  
	 SECTION 3.02.
	  	Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 3.03.
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 3.04.
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 3.05.
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 3.06.
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	46	  

  
 -i- 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE FOUR	  
	
	COVENANTS	  
			
	SECTION 4.01.	  	Payment of Notes	  	 	46	  
	SECTION 4.02.	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	46	  
	SECTION 4.03.	  	Legal Existence	  	 	47	  
	SECTION 4.04.	  	[Reserved]	  	 	47	  
	SECTION 4.05.	  	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws	  	 	47	  
	SECTION 4.06.	  	Compliance Certificate	  	 	48	  
	SECTION 4.07.	  	Taxes	  	 	48	  
	SECTION 4.08.	  	Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control	  	 	48	  
	SECTION 4.09.	  	Limitation on Asset Disposition	  	 	51	  
	SECTION 4.10.	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	 	54	  
	SECTION 4.11.	  	Limitation on Liens	  	 	57	  
	SECTION 4.12.	  	[Reserved]	  	 	61	  
	SECTION 4.13.	  	[Reserved]	  	 	61	  
	SECTION 4.14.	  	[Reserved]	  	 	61	  
	SECTION 4.15.	  	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions	  	 	61	  
	SECTION 4.16.	  	Reports to Holders	  	 	61	  
	SECTION 4.17.	  	Additional Note Guarantees	  	 	62	  
	SECTION 4.18.	  	Termination of Covenants	  	 	63	  
	
	ARTICLE FIVE	  
	
	SUCCESSOR CORPORATION	  
			
	SECTION 5.01.	  	Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets	  	 	64	  
	SECTION 5.02.	  	Successor Person Substituted	  	 	65	  
	
	ARTICLE SIX	  
	
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  
			
	SECTION 6.01.	  	Events of Default	  	 	65	  
	SECTION 6.02.	  	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission	  	 	67	  
	SECTION 6.03.	  	Other Remedies	  	 	68	  
	SECTION 6.04.	  	Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default	  	 	68	  
	SECTION 6.05.	  	Control by Majority	  	 	69	  
	SECTION 6.06.	  	Limitation on Suits	  	 	69	  
	SECTION 6.07.	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	 	70	  
	SECTION 6.08.	  	Rights of Holders To Receive Payment	  	 	70	  

  
 -ii- 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	SECTION 6.09.	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	70	  
	SECTION 6.10.	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	70	  
	SECTION 6.11.	  	Priorities	  	 	71	  
	SECTION 6.12.	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	71	  
	
	ARTICLE SEVEN	  
	
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	SECTION 7.01.	  	Duties of Trustee	  	 	72	  
	SECTION 7.02.	  	Rights of Trustee	  	 	73	  
	SECTION 7.03.	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	75	  
	SECTION 7.04.	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	75	  
	SECTION 7.05.	  	Notice of Defaults	  	 	75	  
	SECTION 7.06.	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders	  	 	76	  
	SECTION 7.07.	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	76	  
	SECTION 7.08.	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	78	  
	SECTION 7.09.	  	Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc.	  	 	79	  
	SECTION 7.10.	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	79	  
	SECTION 7.11.	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer	  	 	79	  
	SECTION 7.12.	  	Paying Agents	  	 	79	  
	
	ARTICLE EIGHT	  
	
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  
			
	SECTION 8.01.	  	Without Consent of Noteholders	  	 	80	  
	SECTION 8.02.	  	With Consent of Noteholders	  	 	81	  
	SECTION 8.03.	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 8.04.	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 8.05.	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 8.06.	  	Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	83	  
	
	ARTICLE NINE	  
	
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	  
			
	SECTION 9.01.	  	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 9.02.	  	Legal Defeasance	  	 	84	  
	SECTION 9.03.	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	85	  
	SECTION 9.04.	  	Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	86	  
	SECTION 9.05.	  	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust	  	 	87	  
	SECTION 9.06.	  	Reinstatement	  	 	88	  

  
 -iii- 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	SECTION 9.07.	  	Moneys Held by Paying Agent	  	 	88	  
	SECTION 9.08.	  	Moneys Held by Trustee	  	 	88	  
	
	ARTICLE TEN	  
	
	GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES	  
			
	SECTION 10.01.	  	Guarantee	  	 	89	  
	SECTION 10.02.	  	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	  	 	90	  
	SECTION 10.03.	  	Release of Guarantors	  	 	90	  
	SECTION 10.04.	  	Waiver of Subrogation	  	 	92	  
	SECTION 10.05.	  	Notice to Trustee	  	 	92	  
	SECTION 10.06.	  	Limitation on Guarantor’s Liability	  	 	93	  
	
	ARTICLE ELEVEN	  
	
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	SECTION 11.01.	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	93	  
	SECTION 11.02.	  	Notices	  	 	93	  
	SECTION 11.03.	  	Communications by Holders with Other Holders	  	 	95	  
	SECTION 11.04.	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	96	  
	SECTION 11.05.	  	Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion	  	 	96	  
	SECTION 11.06.	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	96	  
	SECTION 11.07.	  	Business Days; Legal Holidays	  	 	96	  
	SECTION 11.08.	  	Governing Law	  	 	97	  
	SECTION 11.09.	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	97	  
	SECTION 11.10.	  	Successors	  	 	97	  
	SECTION 11.11.	  	Multiple Counterparts	  	 	97	  
	SECTION 11.12.	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	97	  
	SECTION 11.13.	  	Separability	  	 	97	  
	SECTION 11.14.	  	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	98	  
	SECTION 11.15.	  	Force Majeure	  	 	98	  
	SECTION 11.16.	  	U.S.A. Patriot Act	  	 	98	  

  

					
	SIGNATURES	  	 	S-1	  

 EXHIBITS 
  

							
	Exhibit A-1.	  	Form of Restricted Note	  	 	A-1-1	  
	Exhibit A-2.	  	Form of Unrestricted Note	  	 	A-2-1	  
	Exhibit B.	  	Form of Private Placement Legend	  	 	B-1	  
	Exhibit C.	  	Form of Legend for Global Note	  	 	C-1	  
	Exhibit D.	  	[Reserved]	  	 	D-1	  

  
 -iv- 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	Exhibit E.	  	Form of Regulation S Legend	  	 	E-1	  
	Exhibit F.	  	Form of Certificate of Transfer	  	 	F-1	  
	Exhibit G.	  	Form of Certificate of Exchange	  	 	G-1	  
	Exhibit H.	  	[Reserved]	  	 	H-1	  
	Exhibit I.	  	Form of Note Guarantee	  	 	I-1	  
	Exhibit J.	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors	  	 	J-1	  

  
 -v- 

 INDENTURE, dated as of November 26, 2013, among WESCO Distribution, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “Issuer”), the Parent Guarantor (as defined below) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 

ARTICLE ONE 
 DEFINITIONS AND
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 

“ABL Credit Facility” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 12,
2012 among the Issuer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Toronto Branch, as Canadian administrative agent and the other parties from time to time party thereto, together with all related notes, letters of
credit, collateral documents, guarantees and any other related agreements and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, in each case as amended, modified, refinanced, refunded or replaced in whole or in part (including by sales of
debt securities) from time to time including by or pursuant to any agreement(s) or instrument(s) (including an indenture) extending the maturity of or refinancing (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding any
Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement(s) or instrument(s) any successor or replacement bank credit agreement(s) and whether by the same or any other
agent, lender, group of lenders, purchasers, debt holders, creditor or group of creditors. 
 “Additional
Interest” has the meaning set forth for such term in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Additional
Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01. 
 “Additional Assets” means: 

(1) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by the Parent Guarantor or any of its
Subsidiaries; 
 (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor as a result of the
acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries; or 

 (3) Capital Stock constituting a non-controlling interest in any Person that at
such time is a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly
or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
“controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, Depositary Custodian, or agent for service or notices and demands. 

“Agent Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 

“amend” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify; and “amendment” shall
have a correlative meaning. 
 “Applicable Treasury Rate” for any Make-Whole Redemption Date means the yield to maturity at
the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to
such Make-Whole Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Make-Whole Redemption Date to December 15, 2016;
provided, however, that if the period from the Make-Whole Redemption Date to December 15, 2016 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Applicable
Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given except that if the period from the
Make-Whole Redemption Date to December 15, 2016 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

“asset” means any asset or property, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible. 

“Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers or
dispositions) by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of:

  
 -2- 

 (1) any shares of Capital Stock of any of the Parent Guarantor’s
Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Parent Guarantor or a Subsidiary); 

(2) all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of business of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries;
or 
 (3) any other assets or property of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries outside of the ordinary course of
business of the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following shall be deemed to be an Asset
Disposition: 
 (1) a disposition by a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor to the Parent Guarantor or by the Parent Guarantor
or any of its Subsidiaries to any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor; 
 (2) for purposes of Section 4.09 only, a
disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Parent Guarantor or the Issuer in compliance with Section 5.01 or a disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture; 

(3) a sale, contribution, conveyance or other transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the
definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction by or to a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (4)
the license or sublicense of intellectual property or other intangibles; 
 (5) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real
or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement,
release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business; 
 (7) the granting
of Security Interests not prohibited by Section 4.11; 
 (8) the disposition by the Parent Guarantor or any of its
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of (i) cash and cash equivalents, (ii) inventory and other assets acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business, (iii) damaged, worn out or obsolete assets or assets
that, in the Parent Guarantor’s reasonable judgment, are no longer used or useful in the business of the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries, or (iv) rights granted to others pursuant to leases or licenses, to the extent not materially
interfering with the operations of the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries; 

  
 -3- 

 (9) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by this Indenture; 

(10) any exchange of assets for assets (including a combination of assets (which assets may include Equity Interests or any
securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Equity Interests, but which assets may not include any Indebtedness) of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, which in the event of an exchange of assets with a fair market value in excess of (a) $50.0 million shall be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate and (b) $100.0 million shall be set forth in a resolution approved by
at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor; provided that the Parent Guarantor shall apply any cash or cash equivalents received in any such exchange of assets as described in Section 4.09(a);

 (11) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary
course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; 
 (12) the
issuance by any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor of Preferred Stock or any convertible securities; 
 (13) any sale of
Capital Stock or Indebtedness or other securities of a Foreign Subsidiary; 
 (14) any sale of assets received by the Parent
Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries upon foreclosure on a Security Interest; 
 (15) the unwinding of any Hedging
Obligations (including sales under forward contracts); 
 (16) any dispositions to the extent required by, or made pursuant
to customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding agreements; 

(17) the lease or sublease of office space; 

(18) the abandonment, farm-out, lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (19) dispositions of property pursuant to casualty events; 

(20) dispositions of property pursuant to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction permitted by this Indenture; 

  
 -4- 

 (21) foreclosures on assets to the extent they would not otherwise result in a
Default or Event of Default; or 
 (22) a single transaction or series of related transactions that involve the disposition
of assets with a fair market value of less than the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 1.0% of Consolidated Total Assets. 

“Attributable Indebtedness,” when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, means, as at the time of
determination, the present value (discounted at a rate borne by the Notes, compounded on a semiannual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback
Transaction. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state, local
or foreign law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors
or comparable governing body of such Person or, other than in connection with the definition of “Change of Control,” any duly authorized committee thereof. 

“Business Day” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.07. 

“Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; and 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited). 
 “Capitalized Lease” means a lease required to be
capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” of any Person
means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a Capitalized Lease, and the amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(1) any Transfer (other than by way of merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a 

  
 -5- 

 
whole to any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) or “group” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than any
Transfer to the Parent Guarantor or one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor; 
 (2) the adoption of a plan for the
liquidation or dissolution the Parent Guarantor (other than in a transaction that complies with Article Five); 
 (3) a
“person” (as defined above) or “group” (as defined above) becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the voting power of the
Voting Stock of the Parent Guarantor, other than as a result of (i) any transaction where the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Parent Guarantor immediately prior to such transaction constitutes or is converted into or exchanged for a
majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such beneficial owner or (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Parent Guarantor with or into any “person” (as defined above) (a “Permitted Person”) or a subsidiary
of a Permitted Person, in each case, if immediately after such transaction no person (as defined above) is the beneficial owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such Permitted
Person; or 
 (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor are not
Continuing Directors. 
 “Change of Control Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08. 

“Change of Control Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08. 

“Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08. 

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period: 

(1) the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period, taken as a single accounting period, of: 

(a) Consolidated Net Income; 

(b) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; 

(c) Consolidated Interest Expense to the extent the same was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; 

  
 -6- 

 (d) Consolidated Income Tax Expense (other than income tax expense (either
positive or negative) attributable to extraordinary gains or losses); 
 (e) any expenses or charges related to any Equity
Offering, any recapitalization or incurrence of Indebtedness or this offering of the Notes; 
 (f) the amount of any interest
expense attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor to the extent the same was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; and 

(g) any net loss from discontinued operations; less 

(2) (x) net income from discontinued operations and (y) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period,
other than (a) the accrual of revenue consistent with past practice, and (b) reversals of prior accruals or reserves for cash items previously excluded in the calculation of Consolidated Non-cash Charges. 

In calculating “Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges” for any period, if any Asset Disposition or Asset Acquisition
(whether pursuant to a stock or an asset transaction) shall have occurred since the first day of any twelve month period for which the “Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges” is being calculated, such calculation shall give
pro forma effect to such Asset Disposition or Asset Acquisition including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness incurred or repaid in connection with such Asset Disposition or Asset Acquisition. 

For the purposes of calculating “Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges,” “Asset Acquisition” means any
acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that constitutes all or substantially all of the assets of a business, unit or division of a Person or constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock (or equivalent) of
a Person; and “Asset Disposition” means any disposition of property or series of related dispositions of property that involves all or substantially all of the assets of a business, unit or division of a Person or constitutes all or
substantially all of the common stock (or equivalent) of a Person. 
 “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the
ratio of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries during the most recent four consecutive full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available (the “Four-Quarter
Period”) ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (the “Transaction Date”) to Consolidated Fixed Charges of the Parent Guarantor and
its Subsidiaries for the Four-Quarter Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the definitions of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges and Consolidated Interest Expense (and all

  
 -7- 

 
component definitions referenced in such definitions), whenever pro forma effect is to be given to the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness or the issuance or redemption of Preferred Stock,
the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible officer of the Parent Guarantor. 
 For purposes of this
definition, Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges and Consolidated Fixed Charges shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to the incurrence of any Indebtedness or the issuance of
any Preferred Stock of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary (and the application of the proceeds thereof) and any repayment of Indebtedness or redemption of other Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) (other than the
incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to any revolving credit arrangement) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the
Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence, repayment, issuance or redemption, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period. 

In calculating Consolidated Fixed Charges for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio: 
 (a) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction
Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date (although interest with respect to any
Indebtedness for periods while the same was actually outstanding during the respective period shall be calculated using the actual rates applicable thereto while the same was actually outstanding); 

(b) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate
based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Four-Quarter Period (although interest
with respect to any Indebtedness for periods while the same was actually outstanding during the respective period shall be calculated using the actual rates applicable thereto while the same was actually outstanding); and 

(c) notwithstanding clause (a) or (b) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the
extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of these agreements. 

  
 -8- 

 “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for any period means the sum, without duplication,
of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiaries for such period, plus (b) the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or any
Subsidiary or any Preferred Stock of any Subsidiary (other than any such Disqualified Equity Interests or any Preferred Stock held by the Parent Guarantor or a Subsidiary or to the extent paid in Qualified Equity Interests) for such period,
multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiaries, expressed as a decimal.

 “Consolidated Income Tax Expenses” means, with respect to any Person for any period the provision for federal, state,
local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the interest expense of such Person and its
subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP (including amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of all payments associated
with Capitalized Lease Obligations, capitalized interest, net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate-related Hedging Obligations and imputed interest with respect to Attributable Indebtedness but excluding write-offs associated with the
amendment and restatement or repayment of indebtedness). 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person,
for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income, by excluding, without duplication: 

(1) all extraordinary gains or losses (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), income,
expenses or charges; 
 (2) the portion of net income of such Person and its subsidiaries allocable to minority interests in
unconsolidated Persons to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its subsidiaries; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Net Income shall be increased in
amounts equal to the amounts of cash actually received; 
 (3) gains or losses in respect of any sales of Capital Stock or
asset sales outside the ordinary course of business (including in a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) by such Person or one of its subsidiaries (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto); 

  
 -9- 

 (4) any gain or loss realized as a result of the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principles; 
 (5) any fees, expenses and other costs incurred or paid (and write-offs recorded) in connection
with the offering of the Notes and any subsequent exchange offer, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, or other Indebtedness; 

(6) nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses; 

(7) the net after-tax effects of adjustments in the inventory, property and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets line
items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof; 

(8) any fees and expenses incurred (and write-offs recorded) during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period,
in connection with any acquisition, investment, asset sale, issuance or repayment or amendment or restatement of Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock, stock options or other equity-based awards, refinancing transaction or amendment or
modification of any debt instrument (including without limitation any such transaction undertaken but not completed); 
 (9)
any gain or loss recorded in connection with the designation of a discontinued operation (exclusive of its operating income or loss); 

(10) any non-cash compensation or other non-cash expenses or charges arising from the grant of or issuance or repricing of
Capital Stock, stock options or other equity-based awards or any amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such Capital Stock, stock options or other equity-based awards; 

(11) any expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Asset Disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation,
arrangement, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful); 

(12) unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Obligations; and 

(13) any non-cash impairment, restructuring or special charge or asset write-off or write-down, and the amortization or
write-off of intangibles. 
 “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of the Person and its subsidiaries (including without limitation any minority interest) reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP. 

  
 -10- 

 “Consolidated Total Assets” means the total assets of the Parent Guarantor and
its Subsidiaries as of the most recent fiscal quarter end for which an internal consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries is available, all calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 

“Continuing Director” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the relevant Person
who: 
 (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or 

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing
Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election or is otherwise appointed by such Continuing Directors, including pursuant to the terms of any agreement. 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which any time its corporate trust business in relation to this
Indenture shall be administered, which at the date hereof is located at 225 W. Station Square Drive, Suite 620, Pittsburgh PA 15219, Attention: Corporate Trust Services, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice
to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer). 

“Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03. 

“Covenant Termination Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18. 

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities)
or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans or letters of credit, together with all related notes, letters of credit, collateral documents, guarantees and any other
related agreements and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, in each case as amended, modified, refinanced, refunded or replaced in whole or in part (including by sales of debt securities) from time to time including by or
pursuant to any agreement(s) or instrument(s) (including an indenture) extending the maturity of or refinancing (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding the Parent Guarantor or Subsidiaries of the Parent
Guarantor as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement(s) or instrument(s) any successor or replacement bank credit agreement(s) and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of
lenders, purchasers, debt holders, creditor or group of creditors. 
 “Default” means (1) any Event of Default or
(2) any event, act or condition that, after notice or the passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default. 

  
 -11- 

 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Global Notes, The Depository Trust
Company or another Person designated as depositary by the Issuer, which Person must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. 

“Depositary Custodian” means the Trustee as custodian with respect to the Global Notes or any successor entity thereto. 

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of
the Guarantors in connection with an Asset Disposition that is designated as “Designated Non-cash Consideration” pursuant to an officer’s certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or cash
equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on or with respect to such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 

“Disqualified Equity Interests” of any Person means any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, or by
the terms of any related agreement or of any security into which it is convertible, puttable or exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of any event or the passage of time would be, required to be redeemed by such Person, whether or not at the
option of the holder thereof, or matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date which is 91 days after the final maturity date of the Notes; provided,
however, that any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, authorizes such Person to satisfy in full its obligations with respect to the payment of dividends or upon maturity, redemption (pursuant to a sinking fund or
otherwise) or repurchase thereof or otherwise by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests, and that is not convertible, puttable or exchangeable for Disqualified Equity Interests or Indebtedness, will not be deemed
to be Disqualified Equity Interests so long as such Person satisfies its obligations with respect thereto solely by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests; provided, further, however, that
any Equity Interests that would not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for which such Equity Interests are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the
right to require the Issuer to redeem such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change in control occurring prior to the 91st day after the final maturity date of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests if the change of
control provisions applicable to such Equity Interests are no more favorable to such holders than the provisions of Section 4.08 and such Equity Interests specifically provide that the Issuer will not redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant
to such provisions prior to the Issuer’s purchase of the Notes as required pursuant to Section 4.08. 
 “Domestic
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer, other than a Foreign Subsidiary. 
 “Equity Interests” of any
Person means (1) any and all shares or other equity interests (including common stock, Preferred Stock, limited liability company interests and 

  
 -12- 

 
partnership interests) in such Person and (2) all rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in
(however designated) such shares or other interests in such Person, but excluding any debt securities that are convertible into such shares or other interests in such Person. 

“Equity Offering” means a public sale for cash of common stock of the Parent Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent
entity of the Parent Guarantor, other than (i) public offerings with respect to common stock of the Parent Guarantor or any of its direct or indirect parent entities registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or (ii) any sale to any
Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor. 
 “Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01. 

“Excess Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exchange Notes” means the 5.375% Senior Notes due 2021 issued by the Issuer pursuant to this Indenture in an Exchange Offer.

 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in a corresponding Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Issuer, which at the date hereof ends on December 31. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other
than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia that for U.S. federal income tax
purposes is treated as a partnership or disregarded as an entity separate from its sole owner and that is a subsidiary of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or (iii) a subsidiary of any entity described in either of the preceding clauses (i) or (ii). 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of
the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect on the Issue Date; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that any leases that are not or would not be characterized as Capitalized Leases under GAAP as in effect on the Issue
Date shall not be reclassified as Capitalized Leases and additional liabilities associated with such leases shall 

  
 -13- 

 
not be classified as Indebtedness as a result of any changes in interpretive releases or literature regarding GAAP or any requirements by the independent auditors of the Parent Guarantor. 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C. 

“Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 

“Guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, through letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness. “Guarantee” when used as a verb shall have a
corresponding meaning. 
 “Guarantor” means: 

(1) the Parent Guarantor; 

(2) each Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer that executes and delivers this Indenture or a Note Guarantee pursuant to
Section 4.17; and 
 (3) each Subsidiary of the Issuer that otherwise executes and delivers a Note Guarantee, 

in each case, until such time as such Person is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person under swap, cap, collar, forward purchase or similar
agreements or arrangements dealing with interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices or availability, either generally or under specific contingencies, and including both physical and financial settlement transactions. 

“Holder” or “Noteholder” means any registered holder, from time to time, of any Notes. 

“Indebtedness” of any Person at any date means, without duplication: 

(a) all liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of such Person for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is
to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof); 
 (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by
bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 

  
 -14- 

 (c) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit,
letters of guaranty, bankers’ acceptances and similar credit transactions; 
 (d) all obligations of such Person to pay
the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or services performed, except (i) trade payables and accrued expenses, (ii) obligations to pay royalty fees or other
payments under license agreements and (iii) accrued expenses, salary and other employee compensation obligations, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services; 

(e) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person (but excluding any
accrued but unpaid dividends); 
 (f) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; 

(g) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Security Interest on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is
assumed by such Person; 
 (h) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person to the extent of such guarantee;
provided that Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries that is guaranteed by the Parent Guarantor or any such Subsidiary shall only be counted once in the calculation of the amount of Indebtedness of the Parent
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; 
 (i) all Attributable Indebtedness; and 

(j) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to assets purchased by
such Person. 
 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional
obligations as described above, the maximum liability of such Person for any such contingent obligations at such date and, in the case of clause (g), the lesser of (a) the fair market value of any asset subject to a Security Interest securing
the Indebtedness of others on the date that the Security Interest attaches and (b) the amount of the Indebtedness secured. For purposes of clause (e), the “maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price” of any Disqualified Equity
Interests that do not have a fixed redemption or repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Equity Interests as if such Disqualified Equity Interests were redeemed or repurchased on any date on which an
amount of Indebtedness outstanding shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture. 

  
 -15- 

 “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended, restated or supplemented from time
to time. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities,
LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Fifth Third Securities, Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., The Huntington Investment Company, RBS Securities Inc. and U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. 

“Initial Security Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11. 

“interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest and Additional Interest, if any. 

“Interest Payment Date” means the stated maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the
equivalent) by S&P, in each case with stable outlook, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
 “Issue
Date” means November 26, 2013, the date on which Notes were first issued under this Indenture. 
 “Legal
Defeasance” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02. 
 “Legal Holiday” has the meaning set forth in
Section 11.07. 
 “Make-Whole Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any Make-Whole Redemption Date, an amount
equal to the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess, if any, of (x) the present value of the sum of the principal amount and premium that would be payable on such Note on December 15, 2016
and all remaining interest payments to and including December 15, 2016 (but excluding any interest accrued to the Make-Whole Redemption Date), discounted on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) from
December 15, 2016 to the Make-Whole Redemption Date at a per annum interest rate equal to the Applicable Treasury Rate on such Make-Whole Redemption Date plus 0.50%, over (y) the outstanding principal amount of such Note. 

“Make-Whole Redemption” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5 of the Notes. 

“Make-Whole Redemption Date” means with respect to a Make-Whole Redemption, the date such Make Whole Redemption is
effectuated. 

  
 -16- 

 “Maturity Date” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the
principal amount of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s
Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition
means cash payments received therefrom (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration
received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to such properties or assets or received in any other noncash form), in each case net of: 

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees (including
financial and other advisory fees) and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; 

(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with
the terms of any lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from
such Asset Disposition; 
 (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to non-controlling interest holders
in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and 
 (4) appropriate amounts provided by the
seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the property or other assets disposed in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries after such Asset Disposition. 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by a Guarantor of the Notes. 

“Notes” means the 5.375% Senior Notes due 2021 issued by the Issuer pursuant to this Indenture, including any Exchange Notes.
The Notes issued on the Issue Date and the Additional Notes, including any Exchange Notes, shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the

  
 -17- 

 
Notes shall include the Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes, including any Exchange Notes. 

“Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum of the Issuer, dated November 21, 2013, relating to the offering of
the Notes on the Issue Date. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman, President, Chief Executive
Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President of such Person or any other authorized officer or director of such Person. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by any Officer of such Person that shall
comply with applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel,
who may be an employee of or counsel to the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or other counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 11.05, if and to the
extent required by the provisions thereof. 
 “Parent Guarantor” means WESCO International, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
the direct parent company of the Issuer. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor
that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable. 
 “Paying Agent”
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04. 
 “Payment Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01. 

“Permitted Security Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11. 

“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or
joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 “Physical Notes” means certificated Notes in
registered form that are not Global Notes. 
 “Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all preferred or
preference stock or other equity interests (however designated) of such Person having a preference or priority over other Equity Interests (however designated) of such Person, whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date. 

  
 -18- 

 “principal” of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any,
payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time. 
 “Principal Facility” means any
land, building, machinery or equipment, or leasehold interests and improvements in respect of the foregoing, owned, on the date of this Indenture or thereafter, by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, which has a gross book value
(without deduction for any depreciation reserves) at the date as of which the determination is being made of in excess of 1.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets, other than any such land, building, machinery or equipment, or leasehold interests and
improvements in respect of the foregoing which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor (evidenced by a board resolution), is not of material importance to the business conducted by the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B.

 “Qualified Equity Interests” of any Person means Equity Interests of such Person other than Disqualified Equity
Interests; provided that such Equity Interests shall not be deemed Qualified Equity Interests to the extent sold to a Subsidiary of such Person or financed, directly or indirectly, using funds (1) borrowed from such Person or any
Subsidiary of such Person until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid or (2) contributed, extended, guaranteed or advanced by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person (including, without limitation, in respect of any employee stock
ownership or benefit plan). Unless otherwise specified, Qualified Equity Interests refer to Qualified Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor. 

“Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Parent
Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to: 

(1) a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries) or 

(2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), 

or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Parent Guarantor or any of its
Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable

  
 -19- 

 
and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts
receivable; provided, however, that the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms in all material respects at the time of such transaction (as determined in good faith by the Parent Guarantor).
The grant of a Security Interest in any accounts receivable of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure Indebtedness under Credit Facilities shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Transaction. 

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes
publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be. 

“Receivables Entity” means (a) a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor that is designated by the Board of
Directors of the Parent Guarantor (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity or (b) another Person engaging in a Qualified Receivables Transaction with the Parent Guarantor, which Person engages in the business of the financing of accounts
receivable, and in the case of either clause (a) or (b): 
 (1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations
(contingent or otherwise) of such entity: 
 (A) is Guaranteed by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Parent
Guarantor (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), 

(B) is recourse to or obligates the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor in any way (other than pursuant
to Standard Securitization Undertakings), or 
 (C) subjects any property or asset of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary
of the Parent Guarantor, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof (other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings); 

(2) the entity is not an Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor or is an entity with which neither the Parent Guarantor nor any
Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms that the Parent Guarantor reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary than those
that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Parent Guarantor; and 

  
 -20- 

 (3) is an entity to which neither the Parent Guarantor nor any Subsidiary of the
Parent Guarantor has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a
certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 

“Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes means the date fixed
for such redemption pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Notes. 
 “Registrar” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.04. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the registration rights agreement dated
November 26, 2013 among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers relating to the Notes issued on the Issue Date and (ii) any other registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of Additional
Notes in a private offering after the Issue Date. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities
Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 

“Regulation S Legend” means the legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit E. 

“Regulation S Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02. 

“Responsible Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Department of the
Trustee including any vice president, assistant vice president or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, in each case having
direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note that is a Restricted Note. 

“Restricted Note” has the same meaning as “restricted security” set forth in Rule 144(a)(3) promulgated under the
Securities Act; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to request (at the expense of the Issuer) and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Note. 

  
 -21- 

 “Restricted Payment” means any of the following: 

(a) the declaration or payment of any dividend or any other distribution on Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or any
payment made to the direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent Guarantor but
excluding dividends or distributions payable solely in Qualified Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or through accretion or accumulation of such dividends on such Equity Interests; or 

(b) the repurchase or redemption of any Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor, including, without limitation, any payment in
connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent Guarantor 
 “Restricted Payments Basket” has the meaning
set forth in Section 4.10. 
 “Restricted Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.17. 

“Restricted Physical Note” means a Physical Note that is a Restricted Note. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A Global Note” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 

“Rule 144A Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any
successor to its rating agency business 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any sale or transfer made by the Parent
Guarantor or one or more of its Subsidiaries (except a sale or transfer made to the Parent Guarantor or one or more of its Subsidiaries) of any Principal Facility that (in the case of a Principal Facility which is a building or equipment) has been
in operation, use or commercial production (exclusive of test and start-up periods) by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries for more than 180 days prior to such sale or transfer, or that (in the case of a Principal Facility that is a
parcel of real property not containing a building) has been owned by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries for more than 180 days prior to such sale or transfer, if such sale or transfer is made with the intention of leasing, or as part of
an arrangement involving the lease of such Principal Facility to the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (except a lease for a period not exceeding 36 months made with the intention that the use of the leased Principal Facility by the Parent
Guarantor or such Subsidiary will be discontinued on or before the expiration of such period); provided, however, that the creation of any Secured 

  
 -22- 

 
Debt permitted under Section 4.11 shall not be deemed to create or be considered a Sale and Leaseback Transaction. 

“Secured Debt” means outstanding Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries which is secured by
(a) a Security Interest in any property or assets of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or (b) a Security Interest in any shares of Capital Stock owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Guarantor in a Subsidiary. The
securing in the foregoing manner of any previously unsecured debt shall be deemed to be the creation of Secured Debt at the time such security is given. The amount of Secured Debt at any time outstanding shall be the aggregate principal amount then
owing thereon by the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. 
 “Security Interest” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or other security interest which secures
payment or performance of an obligation. 
 “Senior Secured Credit Facilities” means the ABL Credit Facility and the Term
Loan Credit Facility. 
 “Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of
(a) Total Debt secured by a Security Interest to (b) Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period ending immediately prior to such date for which financial statements are
available. In the event that the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, redeems, retires, defeases or extinguishes any Total Debt (other than Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently
paid and not replaced) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is made,
then the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement, defeasance or extinguishment of Total Debt as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the definition of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges (and all component definitions referenced in such definitions), whenever pro forma effect is to be given to Asset
Acquisition, Asset Disposition or incurrence, redemption, retirement, defeasance or extinguishment of Total Debt, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible officer of the Issuer. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1,
Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 

  
 -23- 

 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties,
covenants and indemnities entered into by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor that, taken as a whole, are customary in an accounts receivable transaction. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries that is expressly
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the guarantees of the Notes by the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. 

“subsidiary” of any Person means a corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which
more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof). For purposes of this Indenture, any reference to a
“Subsidiary” is a subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor or the Issuer, as applicable. 
 “Term Loan Credit
Facility” means the term loan agreement, dated as of December 12, 2012 (as the same may be further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time), among the Issuer, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent
and the other parties from time to time party thereto, together with all related notes, letters of credit, collateral documents, guarantees and any other related agreements and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, in each case
as amended, modified, refinanced, refunded or replaced in whole or in part (including by sales of debt securities) from time to time including by or pursuant to any agreement(s) or instrument(s) (including an indenture) extending the maturity of or
refinancing (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement(s) or instrument(s) any
successor or replacement bank credit agreement(s) and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders, purchasers, debt holders, creditor or group of creditors. 

“Terminated Covenants” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18. 

“TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture (except as amended to the extent required by law, or as provided in Section 8.03). 

“Total Debt” means, at any date of determination, the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Parent
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Section 4.11, a binding commitment to lend under a revolving credit facility shall be deemed to be an
incurrence of Indebtedness in the full amount of such commitment on the date that such commitment is entered into, regardless of whether the full amount of such revolving credit facility is actually borrowed, and thereafter the amount of such
commitment shall be deemed fully borrowed at all times. 

  
 -24- 

 “Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of
(a) Total Debt to (b) Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period ending immediately prior to such date for which financial statements are available. In the event that the
Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary incurs, redeems, retires, defeases or extinguishes any Total Debt (other than Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently paid and not replaced) subsequent to the
commencement of the period for which the Total Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio is made, then the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving
pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement, defeasance or extinguishment of Total Debt as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the
definition of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges (and all component definitions referenced in such definitions), whenever pro forma effect is to be given to Asset Acquisition, Asset Disposition or incurrence, redemption, retirement,
defeasance or extinguishment of Total Debt, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible officer of the Issuer. 

“Transfer” means to sell, assign, transfer, lease (other than pursuant to an operating lease entered into in the ordinary
course of business), convey or otherwise dispose of, including by Sale and Leaseback Transaction, consolidation, merger, liquidation, dissolution or otherwise, in one transaction or a series of transactions. 

“Treasury Management Arrangement” means any agreement or other arrangement governing the provision of treasury or cash
management services, including deposit accounts, overdraft, credit or debit card, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting
and trade finance services and other cash management services. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture
until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means the successor. 
 “Unrestricted Notes” means
Notes that are not Restricted Notes. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that is not a Restricted Note. 

“Unrestricted Physical Note” means a Physical Note that is not a Restricted Note. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed as to full and
timely payment by, the United States Government or issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America that, in each case, mature within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof and are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof. 

  
 -25- 

 “U.S. Person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Rule 902(k)
under the Securities Act. 
 “Voting Stock” means any class or classes of Capital Stock pursuant to which the holders
thereof have power to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of any Person (irrespective of whether or not, at the time, stock of any other class or classes shall have, or might have, voting power by reason of the happening of any
contingency). 
 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital
Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this
Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by
Commission rule have the meanings therein assigned to them. 
 SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference; 

(2) “or” is not exclusive; 

(3) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(4) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders; 

(5) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any
particular Article, Section or other clause; 
 (6) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall
be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

  
 -26- 

 (7) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States
dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; 

(8) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; and 

(9) “including” means including without limitation. 

ARTICLE TWO 
 THE SECURITIES 

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes. 
 The
Trustee shall initially authenticate $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes for original issue on the Issue Date upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer, together with an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer and an
Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall authenticate additional Notes (“Additional Notes”) thereafter in unlimited amount for original issue upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in aggregate
principal amount as specified in such order. The Trustee shall also authenticate (i) replacement Notes as provided in Section 2.08, (ii) temporary Notes as provided in Section 2.11, (iii) Notes issued in connection with
certain transfers and exchanges as provided in Sections 2.07, 2.16 and 2.17, (iv) Notes issued in an Exchange Offer, (v) Notes issued in connection with a partial redemption of the Notes as provided in Section 3.06 or a partial
repurchase of a Note as provided in Section 4.08 and (vi) Notes exchanged as provided in Section 8.05, in each case upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in aggregate principal amount as
specified in such order. Each such written order shall specify the principal amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated. 

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating; Legends. 

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit
A-1 (in the case of the Restricted Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of Unrestricted Notes), each of which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. Each Note shall be dated the date
of its authentication. 
 The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule or usage to which the Issuer is
subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”), Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on
Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”) and all other Restricted Notes shall bear the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 -27- 

 
All Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. Regulation S Notes shall bear the Regulation S Legend. 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent
applicable, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby. If there is a conflict between the terms of the Notes and this
Indenture, the terms of this Indenture shall govern. 
 The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices
of the Registrar. 
 SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. 

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer. The signature of any of these Officers on the Notes may be
manual or facsimile. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that
office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 No Note shall be entitled to any benefit
under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any
Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold
by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall
never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to
the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes
authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer. Each Paying Agent is designated as an authenticating agent for purposes of this Indenture. 

Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of
$2,000. 

  
 -28- 

 SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Issuer shall maintain (a) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”), (b) an office or agency in the city in the United States in which the Trustee’s Corporate Trust Office is located, where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”) and
(c) an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer, if any, in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Registrar shall
provide a copy of such register from time to time upon request of the Issuer. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying
Agents” means the Paying Agent and any additional Paying Agents. The Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may act as Registrar or a Paying Agent. 

The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA, with any Agent that is not a
party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or any
required co-registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.07. 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and Depositary Custodian. 

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer may change the
Depositary at any time without notice to any Holder, but the Issuer will notify the Trustee of the name and address of any new Depositary. 

The Issuer shall be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes, including but not limited to determination of redemption
price, premium, if any, and any additional amounts or other amounts payable on the Notes. The Issuer will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on the Holders. The Issuer will
provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee when reasonably requested by the Trustee, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Issuer’s calculations without independent verification. The Trustee shall
forward the Issuer’s calculations referred to above in this paragraph to any Holder of the Notes upon the written request of such Holder. 

To the extent it becomes payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, Additional Interest will be payable in arrears on each
Interest Payment Date following accrual in the same manner as regular interest on the Notes. If Additional Interest is payable 

  
 -29- 

 
on the Notes, the Issuer shall provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee on or before the record date for each Interest Payment Date such Additional Interest is payable setting forth
the accrual period and the amount of such Additional Interest in reasonable detail. The Trustee may provide a copy of such Officer’s Certificate or other notice received from the Issuer relating to Additional Interest to any Holder upon
request. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives at the Corporate Trust Office such an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no such Additional Interest is payable. If the Issuer has paid
Additional Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment. 

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. 

The Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of
principal of or premium or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Issuer, one or more of the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Issuer and the Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any default by
the Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. Money held in trust by a Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law and in no event shall a Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received
by it hereunder. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon making such payment, such Paying Agent shall have no
further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
 SECTION 2.06. Noteholder Lists. 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
the Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of
such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Noteholders. 
 SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. 

Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request from the Holder of such Notes to register a
transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested. Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly
endorsed or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his 

  
 -30- 

 
attorneys duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall issue and execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an
Officer’s Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes (and the Parent Guarantor shall execute the Guarantee thereon) evidencing such transfer or exchange at the Registrar’s request. No service
charge shall be made to the Noteholder for any registration of transfer or exchange. The Issuer or the Trustee may require from the Noteholder payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer taxes or other governmental charge that may be imposed
in relation to a transfer or exchange, but this provision shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.06, 4.08 or 8.05 (in which events the Issuer shall be responsible for the payment of such taxes). The Registrar shall not be
required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note for a period of 15 days immediately preceding the mailing of notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or of any Note selected, called or being called for redemption except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of
the beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Global Note shall be required to be
reflected in a book entry. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees
that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes. 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or
wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note (and the Parent
Guarantor shall execute the Guarantee thereon) if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Issuer and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment
of all to protect the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for the Issuer’s reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses in replacing such Note and the Trustee may charge the Issuer for the Trustee’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note and may require the payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment, fee or other charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the reasonable out- of-pocket 

  
 -31- 

 
fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Issuer. The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and
will preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of lost, destroyed, mutilated or wrongfully taken Notes. 

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes. 
 The
Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for (a) those canceled by or on behalf of the Trustee, (b) those accepted by the Trustee for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in
Sections 9.01 and 9.02, on or after the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 9.01 or 9.02 have been satisfied, those Notes theretofore authenticated by the Trustee hereunder and (d) those described in this
Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or one of its Affiliates holds the Note. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to the Issuer
that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer. 

If a Paying Agent holds, in its capacity as such, on any Maturity Date, U.S. Dollars sufficient to pay all accrued interest and principal with
respect to the Notes payable on that date and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders thereof pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes shall cease to be outstanding and interest on them shall
cease to accrue. 
 SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any declaration of acceleration or notice of
default or direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, Notes owned by the Issuer or any other Affiliate of the Issuer shall be disregarded as though they were not outstanding, except that for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, only Notes as to which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has
actually received an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee established to the satisfaction of the Trustee
the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, a Guarantor, any other obligor on the Notes or any of their respective Affiliates. 

  
 -32- 

 SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes. 

Until definitive Notes are prepared and ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the
form of an Officer’s Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers
appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall
authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. 

SECTION 2.12. Cancellation. 
 The Issuer
at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes
surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner. The Issuer may not reissue or resell or issue new Notes to replace Notes that the Issuer has
redeemed or paid, or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest. 

If the Issuer defaults on a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes plus (to the
extent permitted by law) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof, to the Persons who are Holders thereof on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at least five Business Days prior to the
payment date. If such default continues for thirty (30) days, the Issuer shall fix such special record date and payment date in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee. At least 10 days before such special record date, the Issuer (or upon the
written request of the Issuer, the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail to each affected Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest
payable on defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Issuer may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed
and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. If the
Issuer elects for the Trustee to send such notice to the Holders then the Issuer shall provide such notice to the Trustee at least five (5) days (or such shorter time as may be agreed by the Trustee in its discretion) before such notice is
required to be mailed to the Holders. 

  
 -33- 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day
period set forth in Section 6.01(1) shall be paid to Holders as of the record date for the Interest Payment Date for which interest has not been paid. 

SECTION 2.14. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers, and if so used, such CUSIP and ISIN numbers shall be
included in notices as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes, that reliance may be
placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such notice shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP or ISIN numbers. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of any such CUSIP
or ISIN number used by the Issuer in connection with the issuance of the Notes and of any change in any such CUSIP or ISIN number. 
 SECTION 2.15.
Deposit of Moneys. 
 Prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date and Maturity Date, the Issuer shall have
deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds U.S. Dollars sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits such Paying Agents to
remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the
sole Holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person, by wire transfer or by mail, at the office of the Paying Agent. Final payment of principal at maturity will only be
made by the Trustee upon surrender of the related Note to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office. 
 SECTION 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global
Notes. 
 (a) Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons
(collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”). Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”).
The term “Global Notes” means the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note. The Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or
the nominee of such Depositary, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 -34- 

 Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depositary (“Agent
Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or under the Global Notes. The Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or
the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written
certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. None of the
Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent nor the Registrar shall have any responsibility or liability for any acts or omissions of the Depositary with respect to such Global Note, for the records of the Depositary, including records in respect of the
beneficial owners of any such Global Note, for any transactions between the Depositary and any Agent Member or between or among the Depositary, any such Agent Member and/or any Holder or beneficial owner of such Global Note, or for any transfers of
beneficial interests in any such Global Note. 
 (b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the
Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary and the
provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes (i) if requested by a holder of such interests upon receipt by the Trustee of written instructions from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf
of any beneficial owner and in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and provisions of this Section 2.16 or (ii) if the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such
Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fail to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days or (iii) if the Depositary has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act or (iv) if there shall have occurred and be
continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note and the Depository has requested such exchange. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names,
and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with its customary procedures. 
 (c) In
connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 2.16, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute
and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in writing in
exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations. 

  
 -35- 

 (d) Any Restricted Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant
to Section 2.17 shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.17, bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (e) The Holder of any
Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

SECTION 2.17. Transfer and Exchange of Notes. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.16(b).
Global Notes will not be exchanged by the Issuer for Physical Notes except under the circumstances described in Section in Section 2.16(b). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and
2.11. Beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.17(b) or 2.17(f). 
 (b)
Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the
applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests
in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below,
as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial
Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer
restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes represented by a Regulation S Global Note and the issue date of such
Notes (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other
than an Initial Purchaser). A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be
required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.17(b)(i). 

  
 -36- 

 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global
Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that is not subject to Section 2.17(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order
from an Agent Member given to the Depositary in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the
beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase.
Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to
Section 2.17(f). 
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.17(b)(ii) above
and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in
a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted
Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.17(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit G, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take 

  
 -37- 

 
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof, 
 and, in each such case, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such
exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such
transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s
Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant
to this subparagraph (iv). 
 (v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for
Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Physical Notes. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may
not be exchanged for a Physical Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.16(b). A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Physical Note except under
the circumstances described in Section 2.16(b). 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Physical Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global
Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (ii) below, as applicable: 

(i) Restricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Physical
Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted
Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

  
 -38- 

 (B) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to a Qualified
Institutional Buyer in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with
Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) [reserved]; or 

(F) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted
Physical Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Restricted Global Note. 

(ii) Restricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Physical
Note may exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange
such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Notes proposes to transfer such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who shall
take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (4) thereof, 

and, in each such case, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
compliance with the Securities 

  
 -39- 

 
Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of
the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Physical Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected
pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in accordance with
Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Physical Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph
(ii). 
 (iii) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an
Unrestricted Physical Note may exchange such Unrestricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Physical Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of
the Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of
the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of
Unrestricted Physical Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii). 
 (iv) Unrestricted Physical
Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. An Unrestricted Physical Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Physical Notes for Physical Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Physical Notes and such Holder’s
compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.17(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Physical Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the
Registrar the Physical Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder
shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.17(e). 

  
 -40- 

 (i) Restricted Physical Notes to Restricted Physical Notes. A Restricted
Physical Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Physical Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transfer will be
made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in
accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(D) [reserved]; and 

(E) if such transfer will be made to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit
F, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof. 
 (ii) Restricted Physical Notes to Unrestricted
Physical Notes. Any Restricted Physical Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Physical Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Physical Note if the Registrar receives
the following: 
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for
an Unrestricted Physical Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof
in the form of an Unrestricted Physical Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (4) thereof, 

and, in each such case, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

  
 -41- 

 (iii) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Unrestricted Physical Notes. A Holder
of an Unrestricted Physical Note may transfer such Unrestricted Physical Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Physical Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar
shall register the Unrestricted Physical Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (iv) Unrestricted
Physical Notes to Restricted Physical Notes. An Unrestricted Physical Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Restricted Physical Note. 

(f) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been
exchanged for Physical Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.12. At
any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Physical Notes, the
principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the
beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made
on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (g) Private Placement
Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or
replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer
and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (ii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act and the Registrar has received an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer to such effect. 

(h) General. All Global Notes and Physical Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Physical Notes
shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Physical Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

  
 -42- 

 The Registrar shall retain for a period of two years copies of all letters, notices and other
written communications received pursuant to Section 2.16 or this Section 2.17. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving
of reasonable notice to the Registrar. 
 None of the Issuer, the Trustee, Paying Agent nor any Agent of the Issuer shall have any
responsibility or liability in any respect of the records relating to or payment made on account of beneficial interests in a Global Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. 

Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any
restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note)
other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial
compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 SECTION 2.18. Computation of Interest. 

Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed. 

ARTICLE THREE 
 REDEMPTION 

SECTION 3.01. Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee. 

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, at least 30 days prior to the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall
notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the redemption price(s) (or manner of calculation if not then known), and deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such
redemption will comply with the conditions contained in paragraph 5 of the Notes. Notice given to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.01 may not be revoked after the time that notice is given to Noteholders pursuant to Section 3.03. If
the redemption price is not known at the time such notice is to be given, the actual redemption price, calculated as described in the terms of the Notes, will be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two
Business Days prior to the redemption date. 

  
 -43- 

 SECTION 3.02. Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with
the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes to be redeemed are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Global Notes, the Notes will be selected for
redemption based on the Depositary’s applicable procedures); provided that no Notes with a principal amount of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. For all purposes of this Indenture unless the context otherwise requires, provisions
of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. Redemption amounts shall only be paid upon presentation and surrender of any such Notes to be redeemed to the Trustee at its Corporate
Trust Office. 
 SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 

At least 30 days, and no more than 60 days, before a Redemption Date, the Issuer shall send, or cause to be sent, a notice of redemption
electronically or by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her last address as the same appears on the registry books maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.06. 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers thereof) and shall state: 

(1) the Redemption Date; 

(2) the redemption price and the amount of premium (or manner of calculation if not then known) and accrued interest to be
paid; 
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that,
after the Redemption Date and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(6) that unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue
on and after the Redemption Date; 
 (7) that paragraph 5 of the Notes is the provision of the Notes pursuant to which the
redemption is occurring; 

  
 -44- 

 (8) the aggregate principal amount of Notes that are being redeemed; 

(9) any conditions precedent to such redemption in reasonable detail; and 

(10) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN numbers printed in the notice or on
the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. 
 At the Issuer’s written
request made at least five Business Days prior to the date on which notice is to be given (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee), together with the notice of redemption to be given, the Trustee shall give the notice
of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s sole expense. 
 If any notice of redemption is subject to one or more
conditions precedent, any such redemption may be rescinded in whole and not in part at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Redemption Date if the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee
describing the failure of the condition in reasonable detail and rescinding the redemption. The Trustee shall promptly provide a copy of such Officer’s Certificate to the Holders in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given.

 SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 is sent and subject to the proviso to this sentence, Notes called for
redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that any redemption and notice thereof pursuant to this
Indenture may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in such notice and in which case if and/or to the extent such condition(s) precedent is/are not satisfied, the Issuer shall
have no obligation to redeem Notes on such Redemption Date. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date; provided that if the
Redemption Date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date; and provided, further, that
if a Redemption Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the period from such Redemption Date to such succeeding Business Day. 

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 

On or prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on each Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Dollars
sufficient to pay the redemption price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on any and all Notes to be redeemed on 

  
 -45- 

 
that date (other than Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on that date which have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation). 

On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on all
Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, the Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive
payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the first proviso in Section 3.04, accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to the Redemption Date. If any Note surrendered for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will be paid, from the
Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate and in the manner provided in the
Notes. 
 SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of
an Officer’s Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder thereof a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

ARTICLE FOUR 
 COVENANTS 

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. 
 The
Issuer shall pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or the Paying
Agents hold by 10:00 A.M. Eastern Time on that date U.S. Dollars designated for and sufficient to pay such installment. 
 The Issuer shall
pay interest on overdue principal (including post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate specified in the Notes. 

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

(a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where
Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written

  
 -46- 

 
notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail
to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for
any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

SECTION 4.03. Legal Existence. 

Except as permitted by Article Five, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and
effect (i) its legal existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer and each such
Subsidiary, and (ii) the material rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Issuer and such Subsidiaries; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, franchise, or the corporate, partnership or
other existence of any of its Subsidiaries if the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such Subsidiary shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 
 SECTION 4.04. [Reserved]. 

SECTION 4.05. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. 

Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead
(as a defense or otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Issuer and the Guarantors from paying all or any portion
of the principal of, premium, if any, and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that they
may lawfully do so) the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and
permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

  
 -47- 

 SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, an Officer’s Certificate (as enumerated by
and in compliance with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA) stating that such Officer has conducted or supervised a review of the activities the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and the Issuer’s and its Subsidiaries’ performance under this
Indenture during such Fiscal Year, and further stating that, to such Officer’s knowledge, based upon such review, the Issuer has fulfilled all obligations under this Indenture or, if there has been a Default under this Indenture that is
continuing, a description of the event and what action the Issuer is taking or propose to take with respect thereto. 
 (b) The Issuer shall
deliver to the Trustee, within ten Business Days after an executive officer of the Issuer becomes aware of any Default or Event of Default, a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

(c) The Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee of any change in the Issuer’s Fiscal Year. 

SECTION 4.07. Taxes. 
 The Issuer
shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay prior to delinquency all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies; provided, however, that, neither the Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay or
discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings. 

SECTION 4.08. Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control. 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or, at the Issuer’s option, prior to the consummation of a Change of Control but after it
is publicly announced, the Issuer will make an offer, as described below (the “Change of Control Offer”), to the Holders of all of the outstanding Notes at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount tendered, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but not including, the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control or, at the Issuer’s option, prior to the consummation of such Change of Control but
after the public announcement thereof, the Issuer will mail (or to the extent permitted or required by applicable Depositary procedures or regulations with respect to global Notes, send electronically) a notice to each Holder and the Trustee. The
notice shall describe the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offer to repurchase Notes on the purchase date specified in such notice (which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such
notice is mailed, other than as required by law) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”) pursuant 

  
 -48- 

 
to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. Such obligation will not continue after a discharge of the Issuer or defeasance from its obligations with respect to the
Notes. Such notice shall state: 
 (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.08 and
that all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted for payment; 
 (2) the Change of Control Payment
and the Change of Control Payment Date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent, other than as may be required by law); 

(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have a
Note purchased pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Note
at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the third Business
Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased; 
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be
issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided, however, that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess of $2,000; and 
 (8) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control. 

  
 -49- 

 (c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful: 

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof (in minimum amounts of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to
the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes (or portions thereof) being purchased by the Issuer. 

Promptly following the deposit with the Paying Agent of the moneys described in Section 4.08(c)(2) above and the delivery of the
Officer’s Certificate described in Section 4.08(c)(3) above, the Paying Agent will remit to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of a written order of
the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder of Notes a new Note equal in principal amount
to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the
Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 If Holders of not less than 90% in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any other Person making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described below,
purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Issuer will have the right, upon not less than 15 nor more than 30 days’ prior notice, given not more than 15 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change
of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment,
accrued and unpaid interest to not including the date of redemption 
 Upon the payment of the Change of Control Payment, the Trustee shall,
subject to the provisions of Section 2.16, return the Notes purchased to the Issuer for cancellation. The Trustee may act as the Paying Agent for purposes of any Change of Control Offer. 

(d) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of
Control Offer in the manner, at 

  
 -50- 

 
the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.08 with respect to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given or will be given pursuant to this Indenture as described in Article Three, prior to the date the Issuer is required to send notice of the
Change of Control Offer to the Holders of the Notes, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a
Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made and such Change of Control Offer is otherwise made in
compliance with the provisions of this covenant. 
 (e) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act
and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities
laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this paragraph by virtue thereof. 

SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Asset Disposition. 

(a) The Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Disposition
unless: 
 (1) the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary receives consideration at least equal to the fair market value (such
fair market value to be determined in good faith by the Issuer on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the equity or assets subject to such Asset Disposition; 

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary is in the form of cash or cash
equivalents, Additional Assets or any combination thereof (collectively, the “Cash Consideration”); and 

(3) within 365 days, including the 365th day, from the later of the date
of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Parent Guarantor (or such Subsidiary, as the case may be) at its option: 

(A) to prepay, repay, redeem or purchase Secured Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer), provided such prepayment, repayment, redemption or purchase 

  
 -51- 

 
permanently retires, or reduces the related loan commitment (if any) for, such Indebtedness in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid, redeemed or purchased; 

(B) to acquire Additional Assets or to make any other capital expenditures (provided that this requirement shall be
deemed satisfied if the Parent Guarantor (or such Subsidiary, as the case may be) by the end of such 365-day period has entered into a binding agreement under which it is contractually committed to acquire Additional Assets and such acquisition is
consummated within the later of the end of such 365-day period or within 180 days from the date on which such binding agreement is entered into); 

(C) to make an offer to the Holders of the Notes (and to holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer designated by
the Issuer) to purchase Notes (and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer) pursuant to and subject to the conditions contained herein, as set forth below (other than with respect to Excess Proceeds and that such offer may be made at any
time prior to the end of such 365-day period), and in the instruments governing such Pari Passu Indebtedness; and 
 (D) to
the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A), (B) and (C), for any purpose permitted by the terms of this Indenture. 

Pending application of Net Available Cash pursuant to this Section 4.09, such Net Available Cash shall be applied to temporarily reduce
revolving credit Indebtedness or in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 (b) For the purposes of this Section 4.09, the
following are deemed to be Cash Consideration: 
 (1) any liabilities, as shown on the Parent Guarantor’s or any of its
Subsidiaries’ most recent balance sheet, of the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets either by operation of law or pursuant to (A) a customary
novation agreement that releases the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary from further liability or (B) an assignment agreement that includes, in lieu of such a release, the agreement of the transferee or its parent company to indemnify and hold
harmless the Issuer or such Subsidiary from and against any loss, liability or cost in respect of such assumed liability; 

(2) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries from such transferee
that are converted by the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary into cash or cash equivalents within 360 days after such 

  
 -52- 

 
Asset Disposition, to the extent of the cash and cash equivalents received in that conversion; and 

(3) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries in such Asset Disposition
having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause that has at that time not been converted into cash or a cash equivalent, not to exceed the greater of
(x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time
received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 
 (c) The amount of Net Available Cash not applied or invested as
provided above will constitute “Excess Proceeds” (other than any Net Available Cash remaining after the Issuer has made an offer to purchase Notes pursuant to clause (C) above). When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds
equals or exceeds $100.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase Notes (an “Offer”) within ten Business Days thereof, and shall purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an Offer by the Issuer for the Notes and other Pari
Passu Indebtedness that contemporaneously requires the purchase, prepayment or redemption of such Indebtedness with the proceeds of sales of assets at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount without premium, plus accrued but unpaid
interest (or, in respect of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness) to, but excluding, the date such Offer is consummated, in accordance with the procedures
(including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in this Indenture and the terms of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer and the contemporaneous offer with respect to any
other Pari Passu Indebtedness contemplated above, the Issuer may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate purchase price of the securities tendered exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds,
the Issuer shall allocate the Excess Proceeds between such securities on a pro rata basis and will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis but in denominations of $2,000 principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof. The remainder of the Excess Proceeds allocable to the other Pari Passu Indebtedness will be repurchased as provided pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness. Upon completion of such an Offer to purchase, Excess Proceeds will be deemed to
be reset to zero. 
 (d) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and
any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.09. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.09, the Issuer shall comply with the 

  
 -53- 

 
applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.09 by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or
regulations. 
 SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment if at the
time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (a) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence
thereof; 
 (b) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment (including, without limitation, the incurrence of any
Indebtedness to finance such Restricted Payment), the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be less than 2:00 to 1:00; or 

(c) the amount of such Restricted Payment, when added to the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made after the
Issue Date (other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) of the next paragraph), exceeds the sum (the “Restricted Payments Basket”) of (without duplication): 

(1) 50% of Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP for the
period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on July 1, 2013 to and including the last day of the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such calculation for which consolidated financial statements are available (or, if
such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such aggregate deficit), plus 
 (2) 100% of the
aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Parent Guarantor, of property and marketable securities received by the Parent Guarantor from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Parent
Guarantor after the Issue Date or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Parent Guarantor, in each case that have been
converted into or exchanged for Qualified Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor, other than (A) any such proceeds which are used to redeem Notes in accordance with paragraph 5 of the Notes or (B) any such proceeds or assets received
from a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor, plus 

  
 -54- 

 (3) the aggregate amount by which Indebtedness incurred by the Parent Guarantor
or any of its Subsidiaries subsequent to the Issue Date occurs is reduced on the Parent Guarantor’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor) into Qualified Equity Interests
of the Parent Guarantor (less the amount of any cash, or the fair value of assets, distributed by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange), plus 

(4) 50% of any cash dividends or distributions received by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries after the Issue Date
from any unconsolidated Person, to the extent that such dividends or distributions were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income. 

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit: 

(a) the payment by the Parent Guarantor of any dividend or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof or the giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if on the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(b) the repurchase or redemption of any Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the
substantially concurrent issuance and sale of, Qualified Equity Interests; 
 (c) payments by the Parent Guarantor to redeem
Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor held by officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their transferees, estates or beneficiaries under their estates) of the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries, upon their
death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or service or other repurchase event pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan, shareholders’ agreement or any other management or employee benefit plan or
agreement or arrangement; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid for all such redemptions shall not exceed (A) $10.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over
to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $20.0 million in any calendar year); plus (B) the amount of any net cash proceeds received by the Parent Guarantor from the issuance and sale after the Issue Date of Qualified Equity
Interests of the Parent Guarantor to officers, directors or employees of the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries that have not been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (c), plus (C) the net cash proceeds of
any “key-man” life insurance policies that have not been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (c); provided, that neither (x) cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Parent Guarantor from any current
or former officer, director or 

  
 -55- 

 
employee (or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof), in connection with a repurchase of Equity
Interests of the Parent Guarantor from such Persons nor (y) any payments or other obligations arising in respect of Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor held by officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors or employees (or
their transferees, estates or beneficiaries under their estates) in connection with or resulting from the announcement or consummation of a Change of Control, will be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any
other provisions of this Indenture; 
 (d) repurchases, acquisitions or retirements for value of Equity Interests
(i) deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, rights to acquire Equity Interests or other convertible securities if the Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price thereof, or in connection with the
withholding of a portion of the Equity Interests granted or awarded to an employee to pay for the taxes payable by such employee upon such grant or award or (ii) upon cancellation or forfeiture of stock options, warrants, rights to acquire
Equity Interests or other convertible securities; 
 (e) Restricted Payments to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the
issuance of fractional shares upon (i) the exercise of options or warrants or (ii) the conversion or exchange of Equity Interests of any Person (including in a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or similar transaction) and payments of
cash to dissenting shareholders in connection with a merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer of assets; 
 (f) the
payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 

(g) Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $100.0 million since the Issue Date; and 

(h) the repurchase or redemption of common stock or Preferred Stock purchase rights of the Parent Guarantor issued in
connection with any stockholders rights plan; and 
 (i) other Restricted Payments if, at the time of the making of such
payments, and after giving effect thereto (including, without limitation, the incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such payment), the Total Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.00 to 1.00, 

provided that (a) in the case of any Restricted Payment pursuant to clause (g) or (i) of this Section 4.10, no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or occur as a consequence thereof and (b) no issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests that are used to make a  

  
 -56- 

 
payment pursuant to clauses (b) or (c)(B) of this Section 4.10 shall increase the Restricted Payments Basket. 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, in the event that a payment or other action meets the criteria of more
than one of the exceptions described in clauses (a) through (i) above, or is entitled to be made pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.10, the Issuer will be permitted to classify such payment or other action on the date
of its occurrence in any manner that complies with this covenant. Payments or other actions permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such payment or other action, but may be permitted in part
by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.10 permitting payment or other action. 
 If the
Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries makes a Restricted Payment which, at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, in the good faith determination of the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary, would be permitted under the requirements
of this Indenture, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with this Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustment made in good faith to the Parent Guarantor’s financial statements affecting Consolidated
Net Income. 
 SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Liens. 

The Parent Guarantor will not at any time create, incur, assume or guarantee, and will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create,
incur, assume or guarantee, any Secured Debt (the “Initial Security Interest”), and the Parent Guarantor will not at any time create, and will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, any Security Interest securing any
Indebtedness existing on the date hereof that would constitute Secured Debt if it were secured by a Security Interest, without first making effective provision whereby the Notes shall be secured by the Security Interest securing such Secured Debt
equally and ratably with any and all other obligations and indebtedness so secured, so long as such other obligations and indebtedness shall be so secured; provided, however, that the foregoing prohibition will not prevent the
creation, incurrence, assumption or guarantee of the following permitted Security Interests (the “Permitted Security Interests”): 

(1) Security Interests on property acquired, constructed, developed or improved after the date of this Indenture by the Parent
Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries and created prior to or contemporaneously with, or within 180 days after the acquisition, construction, development or improvement of property that is a parcel of real property, a building, machinery or
equipment; 
 (2) Security Interests on property at the time of acquisition which secure obligations assumed by the Parent
Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or on the property or on the outstanding shares or Indebtedness of a corporation or firm at the time it becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Parent Guarantor or

  
 -57- 

 
any of its Subsidiaries, or on properties of a corporation or firm acquired by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries as an entirety or substantially as an entirety; provided that the
Security Interests may not extend to any other property of the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary other than proceeds and products of such property, shares or Indebtedness and accessions thereto; 

(3) Security Interests arising from conditional sales agreements or title retention agreements with respect to property
acquired by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries; 
 (4) Security Interests securing Indebtedness of a Subsidiary
of the Parent Guarantor owing to the Parent Guarantor or to another of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries; 
 (5)
Security Interests (a) to secure obligations under Credit Facilities or (b) in accounts receivable and related assets of the types specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” incurred in connection with a
Qualified Receivables Transaction, in an aggregate principal amount under clauses (a) and (b) combined not to exceed the greater of (x) $2,000.0 million and (y) the maximum amount that would not cause the Senior Secured Leverage
Ratio to exceed 3.00 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the obligations to be secured by such Security Interests and the application of the proceeds therefrom; 

(6) Security Interests existing on the Issue Date and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Security Interests so
long as such Security Interests are not extended to any other property of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries; 

(7) any Security Interest arising by reason of deposits with, or the giving of any form of security to, any governmental agency
or any body created or approved by law or governmental regulations, which is required by law or governmental regulation as a condition to the transaction of any business, or the exercise of any privilege, franchise or license; 

(8) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’ and other statutory liens arising in the ordinary course of business
(including construction of facilities) in respect of obligations that are not due or that are being contested in good faith; 

(9) Security Interests for taxes, assessments or governmental charges not yet delinquent or for taxes, assessments or
governmental charges that are being contested in good faith; 
 (10) Security Interests (including judgment liens) arising in
connection with legal proceedings so long as such proceedings are being contested in good faith and, in 

  
 -58- 

 
the case of judgment liens, execution thereon is stayed or not giving rise to an Event of Default; 

(11) landlords’ liens on fixtures on premises leased in the ordinary course of business; 

(12) Security Interests to secure the performance of statutory obligations, insurance, surety or appeal bonds, performance
bonds, or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Security Interests to secure letters of credit issued to assure payment of such obligations); 

(13) Security Interests on assets of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness consisting of
Hedging Obligations or Treasury Management Arrangements; 
 (14) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights
of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that
do not in the aggregate materially impair the use of said properties in the operation of the business of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries; 

(15) Security Interests in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs
duties in connection with the importation of goods incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (16) Security Interests on
insurance policies and proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings; 
 (17) filing of Uniform
Commercial Code financing statements as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases; 
 (18) bankers’
liens and rights of setoff; 
 (19) Security Interests in cash, cash equivalents or other property arising in connection with
the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness; 
 (20) Security Interests on specific items of inventory or other
goods (and the proceeds thereof) of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or trade-related letters of credit issued or created in the ordinary course of
business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

  
 -59- 

 (21) grants of intellectual property licenses (including software and other
technology licenses) in the ordinary course of business; 
 (22) Security Interests incurred or pledges or deposits made in
the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security and employee health and disability benefits (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance
carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements); 
 (23) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure
liability to insurance carriers; 
 (24) Security Interests to secure partial, progress, advance or other payments or any
Indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or the cost of construction, development, or substantial repair, alteration or improvement of the property subject to such Security Interests if the commitment
for the financing is obtained not later than 180 days after the later of the completion of or the placing into operation (exclusive of test and start-up periods) of such property; 

(25) options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to investments in joint ventures,
partnerships and the like; or 
 (26) other Security Interests securing Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount for
the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, together with the amount of Attributable Indebtedness incurred in connection with Sale and Leaseback Transactions, not exceeding at the time such Security Interest is created or assumed the greater of
(x) $200.0 million and (y) 4.0% of Consolidated Total Assets. 
 Additionally, such permitted Secured Debt includes (with certain
limitations) any extension, renewal or refunding, in whole or in part, of any Secured Debt permitted at the time of the original incurrence thereof. 

Any Security Interest created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall provide by its terms that
such Security Interest shall be unconditionally and automatically released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Security Interest. 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.11, a Security Interest securing an item of Secured Debt need not be permitted
solely by one category of Permitted Security Interest but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof, and if a Permitted Security Interest meets the criteria or more than one of the exceptions described in clauses (1) through
(26) of this Section 4.11, the Parent Guarantor may, in its sole discretion, classify the Permitted Security Interest in any manner that complies with this Section 4.11. 

  
 -60- 

 SECTION 4.12. [Reserved]. 

SECTION 4.13. [Reserved]. 
 SECTION 4.14.
[Reserved]. 
 SECTION 4.15. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 

The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any Sale and Leaseback Transaction unless: 

(1) the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Secured Debt pursuant to the covenant described in
Section 4.11 equal in amount to the net proceeds of the property sold or transferred or to be sold or to be transferred pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction and secured by a Security Interest on the property to be leased, without
equally and ratably securing the debt securities outstanding under this Indenture as provided under Section 4.11; or 

(2) the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary shall apply, within 180 days after the effective date of such sale or transfer, an
amount equal to such net proceeds to (i) the acquisition, construction, development or improvement of properties, facilities or equipment that are, or upon such acquisition, construction, development or improvement will be, a Principal Facility
or Facilities or a part thereof or (ii) the repurchase or redemption of Notes or to the repayment or redemption of Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or of any of its Subsidiaries, or in part to such acquisition, construction, development or
improvement and in part to such redemption and/or repayment. In lieu of applying an amount equal to such net proceeds to such repurchase or redemption, the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries may, within 180 days after such sale or transfer,
deliver to the Trustee or any other applicable trustee or comparable Person, Notes or Indebtedness for cancellation and thereby reduce the amount to be applied to the repurchase or redemption of such Notes or Indebtedness by an amount equivalent to
the aggregate principal amount of Notes or Indebtedness. 
 SECTION 4.16. Reports to Holders. 

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding hereunder, the Issuer shall
furnish to the Trustee and Holders the following: 
 (1) all quarterly and annual financial information required to be filed
by the Parent Guarantor with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Parent Guarantor’s certified independent accountants; and 

  
 -61- 

 (2) all current reports required to be filed by the Parent Guarantor with the
Commission on Form 8-K (during any period in which the Parent Guarantor is not required to file reports with the Commission, such current reports need only be prepared or delivered if the Parent Guarantor determines in good faith that the
information to be reported is material to the Holders of the Notes or the business, operations, assets, liabilities or financial position of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole), 

in each case, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations, including any extension as would be permitted by Rule 12b-25
under the Exchange Act (and, during any period in which the Parent Guarantor is not required to file reports with the Commission, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations applicable to a “non-accelerated
filer”). 
 (b) In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the Parent Guarantor will make all
such information publicly available (including via a non-password protected website) within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations, including any extension as would be permitted by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange
Act (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing), and make such information available to Holders of the Notes upon request. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Parent Guarantor shall, for so long as any Notes
remain outstanding, furnish to the Holders of such Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

(c) Whether the Parent Guarantor files such reports with the Commission or posts its reports on its website, the public filing of such reports
with the SEC or the public posting of such reports shall satisfy any requirement hereunder to deliver such reports to the Trustee and the Holders. The Parent Guarantor will at all times comply with the provisions of TIA §314(a). The terms of
this Indenture shall not impose any duty on the Parent Guarantor under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related Commission rules that would not otherwise be applicable to it. 

(d) Delivery of such reports and information to the Trustee shall be for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of them
shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely
exclusively on Officer’s Certificates delivered pursuant to this Indenture, including Officer’s Certificates delivered pursuant to Section 4.06(a)). 

SECTION 4.17. Additional Note Guarantees. 

If, on or after the Issue Date: 

  
 -62- 

 (1) the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic
Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) that incurs any Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (other than the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) or any syndicated loan or capital markets debt securities or guarantees any such Indebtedness of the
Parent Guarantor or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries; or 
 (2) any Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of
the Issuer incurs Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (other than the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) or any syndicated loan or capital markets debt securities or guarantees any such Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries
and that Domestic Subsidiary was not a Guarantor immediately prior to such incurrence or guarantee (an “Additional Obligor”), 
 then that
newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary or Additional Obligor, as the case may be, shall become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit J to this Indenture within 30 Business Days of the date on
which it was acquired or created or became an Additional Obligor. 
 In addition, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such supplemental Indenture complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to the entry into such
supplemental indenture have been satisfied, and such Opinion of Counsel shall additionally state that such supplemental indenture is enforceable against the new Guarantor, subject to customary qualifications. 

SECTION 4.18. Termination of Covenants. 

(a) If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no
Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Termination Event”), the Parent
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.15(2) and 4.17 hereof (collectively, the “Terminated Covenants”). 

(b) In the event that a Covenant Termination Event occurs, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to the
Terminated Covenants, regardless of whether and on any subsequent date one or both Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating. 

(c) The Issuer, in an Officer’s Certificate, shall provide the Trustee notice of any Covenant Termination Event or Reversion Date. The
Trustee will have no obligation to (i) independently determine or verify if such events have occurred, (ii) make any 

  
 -63- 

 
determination regarding the impact of actions taken during the Suspension Period on the Issuer’s future compliance with their covenants or (iii) notify the Holders of a Covenant
Termination Event or Reversion Date. The Trustee may deliver a copy of any such Officer’s Certificate to the Holders upon request. 

ARTICLE FIVE 
 SUCCESSOR
CORPORATION 
 SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets. 

(a) (i) The Parent Guarantor will not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or Transfer all or substantially all of the properties
or assets of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (ii) the Parent Guarantor will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, Transfer all or substantially all of
the properties or assets of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case, to, another Person unless: 

(1) the Parent Guarantor shall be the continuing corporation, or the successor shall be a corporation, limited liability
company, partnership or trust organized and existing under the laws of the United States or a state thereof and the successor Person expressly assumes by a supplemental indenture or amendment of the relevant documents the Parent Guarantor’s
obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; and 
 (2) after giving effect to the
transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred or be continuing. 

The Issuer shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect
that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition complies with the requirements of this Indenture, and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Notes, this Indenture and Note Guarantees, as
applicable, constitute valid and binding obligations of the Issuer or applicable Guarantor or other surviving entity, subject to customary exceptions. 

This Section 5.01 will not apply to any Transfer of assets between or among the Parent Guarantor and any one or more of its Subsidiaries
or between or among any one or more of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries. Clause (2) of the first paragraph of this Section 5.01 will not apply to (1) any merger or consolidation of the Parent Guarantor with or into one of its
Subsidiaries for any purpose or (2) any merger or consolidation of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary in another jurisdiction. 

  
 -64- 

 SECTION 5.02. Successor Person Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation, combination or merger of the Parent Guarantor, or any Transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in accordance with the foregoing provisions of Section 5.01, in which the Issuer is not the continuing obligor under the Notes, the surviving entity formed by such consolidation or into which
the Parent Guarantor is merged or to which such Transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is made, will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and
power of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named therein as Issuer and, the Issuer and all of the Guarantors will be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and
interest on such Notes or in respect of its related Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s other obligations and covenants under such Notes, this Indenture and its related Note Guarantee, if
applicable. 
 ARTICLE SIX 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.01. Events
of Default. 
 Each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes: 

(1) default for 30 consecutive days in the payment when due of interest with respect to the Notes; 

(2) default in payment when due of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise; 

(3) failure by the Issuer for 60 consecutive days after receipt of notice from the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding under this Indenture (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with the provisions under Section 4.08; 

(4) failure by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor for 60 consecutive days (120 days with respect to
Section 4.16) after receipt of notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding under this Indenture (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any covenant or agreement
contained in this Indenture (other than the covenants and agreements specified in clauses (1) through (3) of this Section 6.01); 

  
 -65- 

 (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be
issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness owed to the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness now exists or is
created after the Issue Date, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay when due at final stated maturity (giving effect to any grace period related thereto) principal of such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or
(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any such Indebtedness under which there has been a
Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $100.0 million or more; and, in each case, the Issuer has received notice specifying the default from the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount
of Notes then outstanding (with a copy to the Trustee) and does not cure the default within 30 days; 
 (6) failure by the
Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to pay final and non-appealable judgments (net of any amounts covered by insurance and as to which such insurer has not denied responsibility or coverage in writing) aggregating $100.0 million or more,
which judgments are not paid, discharged, bonded, stayed or waived within 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered in full by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon
such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 
 (7) (A) a court having jurisdiction over the Parent Guarantor or any
Subsidiary enters (x) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or (y) a decree or order adjudging the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary or
group of Subsidiaries under any Bankruptcy Law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Parent Guarantor or any such Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries or of any substantial
part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days or (B) the
Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (i) commences a voluntary case under any Bankruptcy Law or
consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any Bankruptcy 

  
 -66- 

 
Law, (ii) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Parent Guarantor or any such
Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all the property and assets of the Parent Guarantor or any such Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries, (iii) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors or
(iv) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and 
 (8) any Note Guarantee of any Guarantor that is a
Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect in all material respects (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and this Indenture) or is declared null and void and unenforceable or found to be invalid or any
Guarantor denies its liability under its Note Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Note Guarantee). 

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission. 

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding, may declare all Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee, in the case of notice by Holders, specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of
acceleration” and the same shall become immediately due and payable; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs with respect to the Parent Guarantor, all
outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after such
acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if: 

(1) all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because
of the acceleration, have been cured or waived; 
 (2) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on
overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 

(3) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements,
indemnities and advances; and 
 (4) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in
Section 6.01(7), the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 

  
 -67- 

 No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. 
 If an
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any
provision of the Notes or this Indenture and may take any necessary action requested by the Holders of a majority of the principal amount outstanding of the Notes to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a
party. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the
proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is
exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. Any costs associated with actions taken by the Trustee under this Section 6.03 shall be reimbursed to the Trustee by the Issuer and the Guarantors. 

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default. 

(a) Subject to Sections 2.10, 6.02, 6.08 and 8.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have the
right to waive past Defaults and Events of Default under this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on any Note as specified in clauses (1) and
(2) of Section 6.01 or in respect of a covenant or a provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of all Holders as provided for in Section 8.02, which shall require the consent of all of the Holders of the Notes
then Outstanding. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. In case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the
Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This clause (a) of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of TIA § 316(a)(1)(B), and TIA § 316(a)(1)(B)
is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA. 
 (b) Upon any such waiver, such Default or Event
of Default, as applicable, shall cease to exist, and, with respect to any waived Default, any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

  
 -68- 

 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. 

Subject to Sections 2.10 and 7.01, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have the right to direct
the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder not taking part in such direction, and the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction (it being
understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such directions are unduly prejudicial to such Holders) if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully
be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed may involve it in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which
is not inconsistent with such direction. In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification reasonably satisfactory to it against any cost, liability or
expense that might be caused by taking such action or following such direction. This Section 6.05 shall be in lieu of TIA § 316(a)(1)(A), and TIA § 316(a)(1)(A) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as
permitted by the TIA. 
 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 

A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) the Holder has given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to
pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against
any costs, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the
request and the offer of security or indemnity against any cost, liability or expense that might be caused by complying with such request; and 

(5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the
Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request. 

  
 -69- 

 A Noteholder may not use any provision of this Indenture to disturb or prejudice the rights of
another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder. 
 SECTION 6.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees
and Stockholders. 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Parent Guarantor or of any Subsidiary of the
Parent Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 

SECTION 6.08. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of or premium, if
any, or interest, if any, on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after such respective due dates, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder. 
 SECTION 6.09. Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against
the Issuer or any Guarantor (or any other obligor on the Notes) for the whole amount of unpaid principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful,
interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate set forth in the Notes, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 SECTION 6.10. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial
proceedings relative to the Issuer or any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such
claims and to distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent 

  
 -70- 

 
that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Noteholder to make such
payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. 
 Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Noteholder thereof, or to authorize
the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceedings. 
 SECTION 6.11. Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article Six, and after an Event of Default any money or other property
distributable in respect of the Company’s or Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, such money or property shall be paid out or distributed in the following order: 

FIRST: to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07; 

SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without
preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes; and 
 THIRD: to the Issuer or, to
the extent the Trustee collects any amount from any Guarantor, to such Guarantor. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for
any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.11. 
 SECTION 6.12. Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.12 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Noteholder
pursuant to Section 6.08 or a suit by Noteholders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 

  
 -71- 

 ARTICLE SEVEN 

TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

 (a) If a Default or Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person under the circumstances would exercise or use under the same circumstances in the conduct of
his or her own affairs. 
 Except for an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(1) or 6.01(2) (upon the occurrence of which the
Trustee if then acting as Paying Agent will be deemed to have knowledge thereof), the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received
written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default by the Issuer or by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes by written notice of such event sent to the Trustee in accordance with
Section 11.02 at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (b) Except
during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge: 

(1) The Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied
covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. 
 (2) In the absence of bad faith on its
part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture but, in the
case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the
requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be
proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may require and, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an
Officer’s Certificate, subject to the requirement in the preceding sentence, if applicable. 

  
 -72- 

 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of
clause (b) of this Section 7.01. 
 (2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good
faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts. 

(3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it from a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, clauses (a), (b), (c) and (e) of this Section 7.01 shall govern every
provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee. 
 The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs,
expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction (including, but in no way limited to, the fees and disbursements of agents and attorneys). The Trustee’s fees, expenses and indemnities
(including, but in no way limited to, the fees and disbursements of agents and attorneys) are included in the amounts guaranteed by the Note Guarantees. 

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer or any
Guarantor. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by the law. The Trustee shall not be accountable for any diminution in the value of any investments deposited with the Trustee, or
any losses incurred upon any authorized disposition thereof. 
 (f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or
risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights, powers or duties. The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers or duties hereunder.

 SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 

Subject to Section 7.01: 

  
 -73- 

 (1) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document (whether in its original or
facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

(2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require and shall be entitled to receive an Officer’s
Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 11.05. The Trustee shall be protected and shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate
or opinion. 
 (3) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or
negligence of any attorney or agent appointed by it with due care. 
 (4) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute negligence or willful misconduct. 

(5) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall
be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

(6) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right
to be compensated, reimbursed and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including but not limited to as Registrar, Paying Agent and Depositary Custodian), and each agent,
custodian and other person employed to act hereunder. 
 (7) The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act
enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its own negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such act. 

(8) The Trustee may from time to time request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of
individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any persons authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person
specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 

  
 -74- 

 (9) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect,
punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(10) The Trustee will not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness, or other paper or document, or inquire as to the performance by the Issuer or the Guarantors of any of their
covenants in this Indenture. 
 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from,
perform services for or otherwise deal with either the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any Affiliates thereof, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest as defined
in the Trust Indenture Act, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10
and 7.11. 
 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes or any Note
Guarantee, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s use of the proceeds from the sale of Notes, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent (other than itself as
Paying Agent) or any money paid to the Issuer or any Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture other than its certificate of
authentication. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any statement in the Offering Memorandum or any other document utilized by the Issuer in connection with the sale of the Notes, shall not be responsible for compliance with securities laws in
connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes, and shall not be responsible for any rating on the Notes or any action or omission of any Rating Agency. 

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 
 If a
Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing (which shall not be cured or waived) and if it is known to the Trustee (pursuant to Section 7.01(a) hereof), the Trustee shall give to each Noteholder a notice of the Default or Event of
Default within 90 days after it occurs in the manner and to the extent provided in the TIA and otherwise as provided 

  
 -75- 

 
in this Indenture. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or
repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in
good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders. 
 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. 

If required by TIA § 313(a), within 60 days after March 1 of any year, commencing on the March 1 following the date of this
Indenture, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as
required by TIA § 313(c) and TIA § 313(d). 
 Reports pursuant to this Section 7.06 shall be transmitted by mail:

 (1) to all Holders of Notes, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear on the Registrar’s books; and 

(2) to such Holders of Notes as have, within the two years preceding such transmission, filed their names and addresses with
the Trustee for that purpose. 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the Commission and each
stock exchange on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom. 

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation as agreed upon for its services hereunder (which
compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). The Issuer and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances
incurred or made by it in connection with the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and external counsel. 

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee and its agents, employees, stockholders, directors
and officers and any predecessor Trustee for, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense, including without limitation taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) and reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses (collectively, “Losses”) incurred by 

  
 -76- 

 
each of them in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or the performance of its duties under this Indenture or the exercise of its rights and powers under the Notes
and the Guarantees, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.07), the Notes and the Guarantees or otherwise arising under this Indenture and including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending
itself against any claim (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer, any Guarantor or otherwise) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its rights, powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement
costs). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer and the Guarantors in writing promptly of any third party claim of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity (each, a
“Third Party Claim”); provided that the failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not relieve the Issuer and Guarantors of their obligations hereunder except to the extent the Issuer and the
Guarantors are actually prejudiced thereby. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement or provide any indemnification for any other Losses associated therewith to the extent such settlement is made in connection with any Third
Party Claim without its consent, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion. The Trustee shall have the right to its own counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel in connection with any Third Party
Claim to the extent the Trustee reasonably determines that a conflict of interest exists or is required in connection with the performance of its duties under this Indenture. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Guarantors need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss
or liability to have been incurred by the Trustee through its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. 
 To secure the payment
obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee except for such money or property held in trust to pay principal of
and interest on particular Notes. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 The obligations of the Issuer
and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be joint and several
liabilities of each Issuer and each of the Guarantors and shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, discharge or other termination of this Indenture, including any termination or rejection hereof under any
Bankruptcy Law. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs,
the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 -77- 

 For purposes of this Section 7.07, the term “Trustee” shall include any trustee
appointed pursuant to this Article Seven, provided, however, that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder. The provisions of this Section 7.07
shall apply to Trustee in its capacity as Paying Agent, Registrar and any other Agent under this Indenture. 
 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.

 The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer and the Guarantors in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount
of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by notifying the Issuer and the removed Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuer’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuer may
remove the Trustee at its election if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any
Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the
retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, Noteholders holding at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall
deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Immediately following such delivery, the retiring Trustee shall, subject to its rights under Section 7.07, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to
the successor Trustee, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of
its succession to each Noteholder. 

  
 -78- 

 
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another
corporation, subject to Section 7.10, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided that such entity shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven. 

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) in every respect.
The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in the most recent applicable published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however,
that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for
such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. 

The Trustee is subject to and shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A
Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 SECTION 7.12. Paying Agents.

 The Issuer shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to it and the Trustee an instrument in which such
Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 7.12: 
 (A) that it will hold all
sums held by it as agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Issuer or by any obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of Holders of the Notes or the
Trustee; 
 (B) that it will at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon written request from the
Trustee, deliver to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by it together with a full accounting thereof; and 
 (C) that it
will give the Trustee written notice within three Business Days of any failure of the Issuer (or by any obligor on the Notes) in the payment of any 

  
 -79- 

 
installment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable. 

ARTICLE EIGHT 
 AMENDMENT,
SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 SECTION 8.01. Without Consent of Noteholders. 

Notwithstanding Section 8.02, the Issuer, the Guarantors (except that any existing Guarantors need not execute a supplemental indenture
entered into pursuant to clause (5) below) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder for any of the following purposes: 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Physical Notes; 

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of such Notes in the
case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets; 

(4) to secure the Notes; 

(5) to add any Guarantor or release any Guarantor from its Note Guarantee if such release is in accordance with the terms of
this Indenture; 
 (6) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the
“Description of Notes” set forth in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” set forth in the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this
Indenture, the Notes, or the Note Guarantees, which intent may be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate to that effect; 

(7) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the
date hereof; 
 (8) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of such Notes or
that does not adversely affect the rights under this Indenture of any Holder in any material respect; or 
 (9) to comply
with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA. 

  
 -80- 

 SECTION 8.02. With Consent of Noteholders. 

(a) Except to the extent provided in Section 8.01 and clause (b) of this Section 8.02, this Indenture, the Notes or any Note
Guarantee may be amended with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of,
tender offer or exchange offer for Notes), and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for Notes). 

(b) Notwithstanding clause (a) of this Section 8.02, without the consent of each Holder of Notes issued under this Indenture affected
thereby, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Note held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (1) reduce the
principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 

(2) reduce the principal amount of or change the Maturity Date of any Notes, or alter the provisions with respect to the
redemption of any such Notes other than, except as set forth in clause (7) of this Section 8.02, the provisions of Section 4.08 of this Indenture; 

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any such Notes; 

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any such Notes
(except a rescission of acceleration of Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 

(5) make any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note; 

(6) make any change to the provisions of this Indenture relating to waiver of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of the
Notes issued hereunder to receive payments of principal of or interest on the Notes; 
 (7) after the Issuer’s
obligation to make an offer to purchase Notes arises hereunder, amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligations of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer with respect to a Change of

  
 -81- 

 
Control that has occurred, including, without limitation, in each case, by amending, changing or modifying any of the definitions relating thereto; 

(8) release the Issuer or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee
or this Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (9) modify or change any provision of
this Indenture affecting the ranking of the Notes or Note Guarantees in a manner adverse to the Holders of Notes. 
 (c) It shall not be
necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

SECTION 8.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 

SECTION 8.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

(a) After an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent
conclusive and binding upon such Holder and every subsequent Holder of the same Note or portion thereof, and of any Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in place thereof, even if notation of the consent is not made on any
such Note. 
 (b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to
consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be
entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Noteholders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days
after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Noteholders has been obtained. 
 (c) After an amendment, supplement,
waiver or other action under Section 8.01 or Section 8.02 becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (9) of Section 8.02(b). In that case the
amendment, supplement, waiver or other action shall bind each Noteholder who has consented to it and every subsequent Noteholder or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note. 

  
 -82- 

 SECTION 8.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

If an amendment, supplement, or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee (in accordance with the specific written direction of the
Issuer) shall request the Holder of the Note (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Issuer) to deliver it to the Trustee. In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return
it to the Noteholder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue, the Guarantors shall endorse and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s
Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment,
supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION 8.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplement authorized pursuant to this Article Eight if the amendment or supplement does not
affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee, the Trustee may, but need not, sign such amendment or supplement. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, in signing or refusing to sign an amendment or supplement, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Section 7.01, shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
stating, in addition to the matters required by Section 11.04, that the execution of such amendment or supplement is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment or supplement is a valid and
binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors, enforceable against the Issuer and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions). 

ARTICLE NINE 
 SATISFACTION AND
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 9.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes and Note Guarantees, and the Trustee, at the expense
of the Issuer, will execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, when all amounts due to the Trustee shall have been paid and either: 

(1) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture (other than (i) Notes which have
been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.08 hereof and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust

  
 -83- 

 
by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) for cancellation; or 

(2) (a) all Notes outstanding under this Indenture (I) have become due and payable, whether at maturity or as a result of
the mailing or sending of a notice of redemption, or (II) will become due and payable within one year (including as result of the mailing or sending of a notice of redemption), or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements
for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor irrevocably deposits with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S.
Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes outstanding under this Indenture on the maturity date or on the applicable
optional redemption date, as the case may be; (b) such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or
any Guarantor is bound; (c) the Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture; and (d) the Issuer have delivered (I) irrevocable instructions to the Trustee
under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be, and (II) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions
precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
 The Trustee shall acknowledge
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer in Article Two and in Sections 4.02, 7.07, 9.05 and 9.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 

SECTION 9.02. Legal Defeasance. 
 The
Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes on a date the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 are satisfied
(hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes and to have satisfied all their
other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall, subject to Section 9.06, execute instruments in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee and the Issuer acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 

  
 -84- 

 (1) the rights of the Holders of the outstanding Notes to receive solely from the
trust described in Section 9.04 and as more fully set forth in Section 9.04, payments in respect of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, 

(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article Two and Section 4.02, 

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, and immunities of the Trustee hereunder (including claims of, or payments to, the
Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07) and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith and 
 (4) this
Article Nine. 
 Concurrently with any Legal Defeasance, the Issuer may, at its further option, cause to be terminated, as of the date on
which such Legal Defeasance occurs, all of the obligations under any or all of the Note Guarantees, if any, then existing and obtain the release of the Note Guarantees of any or all Guarantors. In order to exercise such option regarding a Note
Guarantee, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with written notice of their desire to terminate such Note Guarantee prior to the delivery of the Opinions of Counsel referred to in Section 9.04. 

Subject to compliance with this Article Nine, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 9.02 with respect to the Notes
notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 9.03 below with respect to the Notes. 
 SECTION 9.03. Covenant Defeasance. 

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors under Section 4.06,
4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 (except for obligations mandated by the TIA) and clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) released with respect to the outstanding Notes on a date the conditions set forth in Section 9.04
are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may fail to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other
document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In
addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise of the option in this Section 9.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5) and (6) shall not constitute Events of Default.

  
 -85- 

 Notwithstanding any discharge or release of any obligations under this Indenture pursuant to
Section 9.02 or this Section 9.03, the Issuer’s obligations in Article Two and Sections 7.07, 9.05, 9.06, 9.07 and 9.08 shall survive until such time as the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in
Sections 7.07, 9.05, 9.07 and 9.08 shall survive. 
 SECTION 9.04. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The following shall be the conditions to application of Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 to the outstanding Notes: 

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes issued under
this Indenture, cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants (such opinion shall be delivered to
the Trustee, and upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying), to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes outstanding under this Indenture on the stated maturity or on the applicable optional redemption date, as
the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
(upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying) confirming that (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a
change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Notes outstanding under this Indenture will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United
States (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying) confirming that the Holders of the Notes outstanding under this Indenture will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant
Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or
Event of Default resulting from the 

  
 -86- 

 
borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the
date of deposit; 
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 

(6) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in
relying) stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding
creditors of the Issuer or others; and 
 (7) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel upon which the Trustee shall have the right to rely, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 

SECTION 9.05. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust. 

Subject to Section 9.08, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
Section 9.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agents, to the Holders
of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall (on a joint and several basis) pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed
on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 9.04 or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account
of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article Nine to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or
pay to the Issuer from time to time upon a request of the Issuer any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 9.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed
in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

  
 -87- 

 SECTION 9.06. Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01, 9.02 or
9.03 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, each Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Nine until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S.
Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01; provided that if the Issuer or the Guarantors have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their
obligations, the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent. 

SECTION 9.07. Moneys Held by Paying Agent. 

In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys and U.S. Government Obligations then held by any Paying Agent
under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon written demand of the Issuer, be paid or delivered to the Trustee, or if sufficient moneys and U.S. Government Obligations have been deposited pursuant to Section 9.04, to the Issuer upon a
request of the Issuer (or, if such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations had been deposited by the Guarantors, to the Parent Guarantors), and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys. 

SECTION 9.08. Moneys Held by Trustee. 

Any moneys and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or then held by the Issuer or the Guarantors in trust
for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the Holder of such Note for two years after the date upon which the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such
Note shall have respectively become due and payable shall be repaid or returned to the Issuer (or, if appropriate, the Guarantors) upon a request of the Issuer, or if such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations are then held by the Issuer or the
Guarantors in trust, such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations shall be released from such trust; and the Holder of such Note entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer and the
Guarantors for the payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust moneys and U.S. Government Obligations shall thereupon cease; provided that the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, before
being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Issuer and the Guarantors, either mail to each Noteholder affected, at the address shown in the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.06, or
cause to be published once a week for two successive weeks, in one newspaper published in the English 

  
 -88- 

 
language, customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New York, the State of New York, a notice that such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations then remaining will be repaid or returned to
the Issuer. After payment or return to the Issuer or the Guarantors or the release of any moneys and U.S. Government Obligations held in trust by the Issuer or any Guarantors, as the case may be, Holders entitled thereto must look only to the Issuer
and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person. 
 ARTICLE TEN 

GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES 
 SECTION 10.01.
Guarantee. 
 The Parent Guarantor, by execution of this Indenture, and any other Guarantor, by execution of a supplemental indenture
substantially in the form of Exhibit J, jointly and severally, guarantee to each Holder and to the Trustee (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on each Note, when and as the same shall become due
and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the due and punctual payment of all other obligations and due
and punctual performance of all obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of such Note and this Indenture and (ii) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of
such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each Guarantor, by execution of this Indenture, and
any other Guarantor, by execution of a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit J, agrees that, subject only to the applicable provisions, if any, of Section 10.06, its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and
unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any such Note or this Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of any such Note or this Indenture, any waiver, modification or
indulgence granted to the Issuer with respect thereto by the Holder of such Note, or any other circumstances which may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or such Guarantor. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Note
Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection). 
 Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence,
presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest or notice with respect to any such Note or the Indebtedness
evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged as to any such Note except by payment in full of the principal 

  
 -89- 

 
thereof and interest thereon. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby,
and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Parent Guarantor for the purpose of this
Guarantee. 
 The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right
does not impair the rights of the Trustee or any Holder under the Note Guarantees. 
 SECTION 10.02. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 

To further evidence the Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee,
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I, shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and such Note Guarantee shall be executed by either manual or facsimile signature of an Officer of the each
Guarantor. The validity and enforceability of any Note Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. 

Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall be in full force and effect notwithstanding
any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture
or a Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s Guarantee of such Note shall be valid nevertheless. 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Note Guarantee set
forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor. 
 SECTION 10.03. Release of Guarantors. 

(a) A Note Guarantee of a Guarantor (other than clauses (1) and (2) below with respect to a company that is a direct or indirect
parent of the Issuer) will be unconditionally and automatically released and discharged upon any of the following: 
 (1) any
Transfer (including, without limitation, by way of consolidation or merger) by any Guarantor to any Person that is not a Guarantor of all or substantially 

  
 -90- 

 
all of the properties and assets of such Guarantor; provided that such Guarantor is also released from all of its obligations in respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility and any
other Indebtedness that gave rise to the obligation to provide such Note Guarantee; 
 (2) any Transfer directly or
indirectly (including, without limitation, by way of consolidation or merger) to any Person that is not a Guarantor of Equity Interests of a Guarantor or any issuance by a Guarantor of its Equity Interests, such that such Guarantor ceases to be a
Subsidiary; provided that such Guarantor is also released from all of its obligations in respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility and any other Indebtedness that gave rise to the obligation to provide such Note Guarantee; 

(3) the release of such Guarantor from all obligations of such Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility
and any other Indebtedness that gave rise to the obligation to provide such Note Guarantee; or 
 (4) upon legal defeasance,
covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article Nine. 
 (b) No such
release and discharge of a Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be effective against the Trustee or the Holders of Notes to which such Note Guarantee relates (i) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture
as of the time of such proposed release until such time as such Event of Default is cured and waived (unless such release is in connection with the sale of the Equity Interests in such Guarantor constituting collateral for a Credit Facility in
connection with the exercise of remedies against such Equity Interests or in connection with a Transfer permitted by this Indenture if, but for the existence of such Event of Default, such Guarantor would otherwise be entitled to be released from
its Guarantee following the sale of such Equity Interests) and (ii) until the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, upon which the Trustee shall have the right to rely, stating that
all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such release and discharge have been complied with and that such release and discharge is permitted under this Indenture. 

(c) If the Note Guarantee of any Guarantor is deemed to be released or is automatically released, the Issuer shall deliver to
the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating the identity of the released Guarantor, the basis for release in reasonable detail, and that such release complies with this Indenture. At the request of the Issuer, and upon delivery to the Trustee
of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that a Guarantor has been released and that execution by the Trustee of an appropriate instrument evidencing the release of the Parent Guarantor from its Guarantee complies with this
Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by 

  
 -91- 

 
either the Issuer or a Guarantor in order to evidence the release of the Parent Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Article Ten (it being
understood that the failure to obtain any such instrument shall not impair any automatic release pursuant to this Section 10.03). 
 SECTION 10.04.
Waiver of Subrogation. 
 Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire
against the Issuer that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement,
exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of Notes against the Issuer, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without
limitation, the right to take or receive from the Issuer, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or Note on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor
in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes, and
shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each acknowledges that it will receive direct and
indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.04 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

SECTION 10.05. Notice to Trustee. 
 The
Issuer or any Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to such Issuer or any such Guarantor which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office in respect of the Note
Guarantees. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article Ten or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the
Trustee in respect of the Note Guarantees, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Issuer no later than three Business Days prior to such payment; and, prior to the receipt of any
such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.05, and subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided,
however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice referred to in this Section 10.05 at least three Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such payment may become payable for any purpose under
this Indenture (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive
such money and to apply the same to 

  
 -92- 

 
the purpose for which such money was received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it less than three Business Days prior to such date. 

SECTION 10.06. Limitation on Guarantor’s Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such parties that the
Guarantee of a Guarantor does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar U.S.
Federal or state or other applicable law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Holder and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of a Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will,
after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor result in the obligations of such Guarantor not constituting such a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

ARTICLE ELEVEN 
 MISCELLANEOUS

 SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by
the TIA, the required provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies any TIA provision that may be so modified, such TIA provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified. If any provision of this Indenture
excludes any TIA provision that may be so excluded, such TIA provision shall be excluded from this Indenture. 
 The provisions of TIA
§§ 310 through 317 that impose duties on any Person (including the provisions automatically deemed included unless expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture, whether or not physically contained
herein. 
 SECTION 11.02. Notices. 

Except for notice or communications to Holders, any notice or communication shall be given in writing and delivered in person or mailed by
first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows: 

If to the Issuer or any Guarantor: 

WESCO Distribution, Inc. 
 225
West Station Square Drive, Suite 700 

  
 -93- 

 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219-1122 

Facsimile: (412) 222-7566 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

with a copy to: 
 225 West
Station Square Drive, Suite 700 
 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219-1122 

Facsimile: (412) 222-7304 

Attention: General Counsel 

with a copy to: 
 Jones Day 

901 Lakeside Avenue 
 Cleveland,
Ohio 44114 
 Facsimile: (216) 579-0212 

Attention: Michael J. Solecki 

If to the Trustee: 
 U.S. Bank
National Association 
 225 West Station Square Drive, Suite 620 

Pittsburgh, PA 15219 

Attention: Corporate Trust Services 

The Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee by written notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given at
the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually
received by the addressee); when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 

The Trustee shall accept and act upon instructions, directions, reports, notices and other communications or information pursuant to this
Indenture sent by unsecured electronic transmissions (including email and .pdf attachments); provided that (i) the Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions,

  
 -94- 

 
directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by electronic transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other
communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such electronic transmission; and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such
reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information and (ii) each other party agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of electronic methods to submit instructions,
directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and
misuse by third parties. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return
receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the
extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any
notice of redemption or repurchase) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from the Depositary or its
designee, including by electronic mail in accordance with applicable Depositary procedures. 
 If a notice or communication to a Holder is
mailed in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 In case by reason of the
suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a
sufficient mailing of such notice. 
 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any notice to the Trustee shall be deemed given when
actually received. 
 SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.
The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar, each Agent and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 

  
 -95- 

 SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, such Issuer or such
Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) an Officer’s Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 11.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 below) stating that, in the
opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with. 
 SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate and
Opinion. 
 Each certificate and opinion with respect to compliance by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion
has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the
opinion of such Person, it or he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable it or him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such covenant or condition has been complied with. 

SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or meetings of Noteholders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for
their functions. 
 SECTION 11.07. Business Days; Legal Holidays. 

A “Business Day” is a day that is not a Legal Holiday. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day
on which commercial banks in The City of New York, the 

  
 -96- 

 
State of New York are authorized or required by law to close. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not
a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
 SECTION 11.08. Governing Law. 

This Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan, security or debt agreement of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary
thereof. No such indenture, loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 SECTION 11.10. Successors. 

All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the
Trustee, any additional trustee and any Agents in this Indenture shall bind its successor. 
 SECTION 11.11. Multiple Counterparts. 

The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together
represent one and the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in
lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

SECTION 11.12. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 SECTION 11.13.
Separability. 
 Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision which is not
essential to the effectuation of the basic purpose of this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

  
 -97- 

 SECTION 11.14. Waiver of Jury Trial 

THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

SECTION 11.15. Force Majeure. 
 In no
event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work
stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it
being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances 

SECTION 11.16. U.S.A. Patriot Act. 
 The
Issuer and the Guarantors acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain,
verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may
request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act. 
 [Signature Pages Follow] 

  
 -98- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date
and year first written above. 
  

					
	 WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC.,
 as
Issuer

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Kenneth S. Parks

		 	Name:	 	Kenneth S. Parks
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 
					
	GUARANTORS:
	
	WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC. as the Parent Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Kenneth S. Parks

		 	Name:	 	Kenneth S. Parks
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 
					
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert P. Pavlovic

		 	Name:	 	Robert P. Pavlovic
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

 EXHIBIT A-1 

[FORM OF RESTRICTED NOTE] 

WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC. 

5.375% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2021 

[Insert Global Note Legend, if applicable] 

[Insert Private Placement Legend] 

 

			
	No. [ ]	  	 CUSIP No. [            ]

ISIN No. [            ]

$[            ]

 WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), for value received promises
to pay to [            ] or registered assigns the principal sum of [            ] (or such other principal amount as shall be
set forth in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in Global Note attached hereto), on December 15, 2021. 
  

			
	Interest Payment Dates:	 	June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2014.

  

			
	Record Dates:	 	June 1 and December 1 (whether or not a Business Day).

 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have
the same effect as if set forth at this place. 

  
 A-1-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by a
duly authorized officer. 
  

			
	WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:
 Title:

  
 A-1-2 

 Certificate of Authentication 

This is one of the 5.375% Senior Notes due 2021 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 

 Dated: [            ] 

  
 A-1-3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF RESTRICTED NOTE] 

WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC. 

5.375% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2021 
 1.
Interest. WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 5.375% per annum. Interest hereon will accrue from and
including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including November 26, 2013 to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each June 15
and December 15, commencing June 15, 2014. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest (to the full
extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes. 
 2. Method of Payment. The Issuer will pay interest hereon (except
defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on June 1 or December 1 preceding the Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect
principal payments. The Issuer will pay principal and interest in U.S. Dollars. Interest may be paid by check mailed to the Holder entitled thereto at the address indicated on the register maintained by the Registrar for the Notes. 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association (the “Trustee”) will act as a Paying Agent
and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

4. Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 26, 2013 (the “Indenture”)
among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor and the Trustee. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Issuer issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended from time to time. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of them.
Capitalized and certain other terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 
 5. Optional
Redemption. 
 At any time prior to December 15, 2016, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to (i) 35% of the
original aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture and (ii) all or a portion of any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to
105.375% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption, with an amount of cash no greater than the cash 

  
 A-1-4 

 
proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of all Equity Offerings since the Issue Date; provided that: 

(1) at least 65% (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 

(2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

In addition, prior to December 15, 2016, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the Make-Whole Redemption Date, plus the applicable Make-Whole Premium (a “Make-Whole Redemption”). The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the
Make-Whole Premium by delivering to the Trustee, on or before the applicable Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate showing the calculation thereof in reasonable detail, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for verifying or otherwise
for such calculation. 
 On or after December 15, 2016, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes redeemed, to but excluding the applicable
Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2016
	  	 	104.031	% 
	 2017
	  	 	102.688	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.344	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes
or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed
by another Person. 
 In addition, the Issuer may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market
purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 A-1-5 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payment of accrued but unpaid interest in connection with the
redemption of Notes is subject to the rights of a Holder of Notes on a record date for the payment of interest whose Notes are to be redeemed on or after such record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date to receive interest on
such interest payment date. 
 6. Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail or sent
electronically at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address (or to the extent permitted or required by applicable Depositary procedures or regulations with respect
to global Notes, sent electronically). If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in
the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption. 

7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further
limitations contained therein, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 

8. Registration Rights Agreement. The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement. 

The Holders shall be entitled under the Registration Rights Agreement to receive Additional Interest hereon upon certain conditions, all
pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes
are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things,
to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay to it any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes or portion of a Note selected for
redemption, or register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a mailing of notice of redemption. 
 10.
Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes. 
 11.
Unclaimed Money. If money held by the Paying Agent or Trustee for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Paying Agent or Trustee, as applicable, will pay such money back to the Issuer at its written request.
After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another Person. 

  
 A-1-6 

 12. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Issuer and the Trustee may, without the
consent of the Holders of any outstanding Notes, amend, waive or supplement the Indenture or the Notes for certain specified purposes, including, among other things, curing ambiguities, omissions, defects or inconsistencies, maintaining the
qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, providing for the assumption by a successor to the Issuer of its obligations to the Holders and making any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect. Other
amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain
exceptions requiring the consent of the Holders of the particular Notes to be affected. 
 13. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture
imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries to, among other things, create liens, make Restricted Payments, enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions or consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all
of the assets of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and requires the Issuer to provide reports to Holders of the Notes. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. Pursuant to Section 4.06 of the
Indenture, the Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations. 
 14. Successor Corporation. When a
successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture and the transaction complies with the terms of Article Five of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation will, except as provided in Article
Five, be released from those obligations. 
 15. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event
of Default occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, either the Trustee, by notice in writing to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the
Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, may declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable, and upon such declaration of
acceleration, such principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7)
occurs with respect to the Issuer, the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or
any Holder. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is
obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if: 

(1) all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because
of the acceleration, have been cured or waived; 

  
 A-1-7 

 (2) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue
installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 

(3) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and
advances; and 
 (4) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(7),
the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 
 No such
rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes
except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of or interest on the
Notes) if it determines that withholding notice is in their best interests. 
 16. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer. The Trustee, in
its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee. 

17. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member of the Board of Directors or holder of Capital
Stock of the Parent Guarantor or of any Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason
of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
 18.
Satisfaction and Discharge. The Issuer’s and each Guarantors’ obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the
payment of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes to
maturity or redemption, as the case may be. 
 19. Guarantees. From and after the Issue Date, the Notes will be entitled to the
benefits of certain Note Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and
the Holders. 
 20. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication
on the other side of this Note. 

  
 A-1-8 

 21. Governing Law. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

22. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT
(= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 

WESCO Distribution, Inc. 

225 West Station Square Drive, Suite 700 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219-1122 

Facsimile: (412) 222-7566 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 A-1-9 

 ASSIGNMENT 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s social security
or tax I.D. number) 
  
  

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee) 
  

			
	and irrevocably appoint 	  	 

 Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

									
	Date: 	  	 	  		  	Your Signature: 	  	 
		  		  		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee:
                                         
            
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements
include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all
in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 A-1-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.09 check the
appropriate box: 
  ̈
        Section 4.08                 ̈      
   Section 4.09 
 If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 or
Section 4.09 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

									
	$	  	 	  		  	
		  	($1,000 or integral multiples in excess of $2,000; provided that the part not purchased must be at least $2,000)	  		  		  	
				
	Date:	  	 	  		  	
				
		  		  	Your Signature:	  	 
		  		  		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
				
	 	  	 	  		  	
		  	Signature Guaranteed	  		  		  	

 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements
include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all
in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 A-1-11 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN GLOBAL NOTE* 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Physical Note, or exchanges of a part of
another Global Note or Physical Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount 
of 
this Global Note	  	Amount of increase in
Principal Amount 
of 
this Global Note	  	Principal Amount 
of this Global Note
following such decrease
(or increase)	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee
		  		  		  		  	

  

	* 	Insert in Global Securities only. 

  
 A-1-12 

 EXHIBIT A-2 

[FORM OF UNRESTRICTED NOTE] 

WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC. 

5.375% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2021 

[Insert Global Note Legend, if applicable] 

 

			
	No. [ ]	  	 CUSIP No. [            ]

ISIN No. [            ]

$[            ]

 WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), for value received promises
to pay to [            ] or registered assigns the principal sum of [            ] (or such other principal amount as shall be
set forth in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in Global Note attached hereto), on December 15, 2021. 
  

			
	Interest Payment Dates:	  	June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2014.

  

			
	Record Dates:	  	June 1 and December 1 (whether or not a Business Day).

 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have
the same effect as if set forth at this place. 

  
 A-2-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by a
duly authorized officer. 
  

			
	WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:
 Title:

  
 A-2-2 

 Certificate of Authentication 

This is one of the 5.375% Senior Notes due 2021 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	 

 Dated: [            ] 

  
 A-2-3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF UNRESTRICTED NOTE] 

WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC. 

5.375% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2021 
 1.
Interest. WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 5.375% per annum. Interest hereon will accrue from and
including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including November 26, 2013 to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each June 15
and December 15, commencing June 15, 2014. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest (to the full
extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes. 
 2. Method of Payment. The Issuer will pay interest hereon (except
defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on June 1 or December 1 preceding the Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect
principal payments. The Issuer will pay principal and interest in U.S. Dollars. Interest may be paid by check mailed to the Holder entitled thereto at the address indicated on the register maintained by the Registrar for the Notes. 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association (the “Trustee”) will act as a Paying Agent
and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

4. Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 26, 2013 (the “Indenture”)
among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor and the Trustee. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Issuer issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended from time to time. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of them.
Capitalized and certain other terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 
 5. Optional
Redemption. 
 At any time prior to December 15, 2016, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to (i) 35% of the
original aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture and (ii) all or a portion of any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to
105.375% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption, with an amount of cash no greater than the cash 

  
 A-2-4 

 
proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of all Equity Offerings since the Issue Date; provided that: 

(1) at least 65% (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 

(2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

In addition, prior to December 15, 2016, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the Make-Whole Redemption Date, plus the applicable Make-Whole Premium (a “Make-Whole Redemption”). The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the
Make-Whole Premium by delivering to the Trustee, on or before the applicable Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate showing the calculation thereof in reasonable detail, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for verifying or otherwise
for such calculation. 
 On or after December 15, 2016, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes redeemed, to but excluding the applicable
Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2016
	  	 	104.031	% 
	 2017
	  	 	102.688	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.344	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes
or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed
by another Person. 
 In addition, the Issuer may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market
purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 A-2-5 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payment of accrued but unpaid interest in connection with the
redemption of Notes is subject to the rights of a Holder of Notes on a record date for the payment of interest whose Notes are to be redeemed on or after such record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date to receive interest on
such interest payment date. 
 6. Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail or sent
electronically at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address (or to the extent permitted or required by applicable Depositary procedures or regulations with respect
to global Notes, sent electronically). If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in
the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption. 

7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further
limitations contained therein, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 

8. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay to it
any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes or portion of a Note selected for redemption, or register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period of
15 days before a mailing of notice of redemption. 
 9. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as
the owner of this Note for all purposes. 
 10. Unclaimed Money. If money held by the Paying Agent or Trustee for the payment of
principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Paying Agent or Trustee, as applicable will pay such money back to the Issuer at its written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer and the Guarantors for
payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another Person. 
 11. Amendment, Supplement,
Waiver, Etc. The Issuer and the Trustee may, without the consent of the Holders of any outstanding Notes, amend, waive or supplement the Indenture or the Notes for certain specified purposes, including, among other things, curing ambiguities,
omissions, defects or inconsistencies, maintaining the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, providing for the assumption by a successor to the Issuer of its obligations to the Holders and making any change that does not adversely affect the
rights of any 

  
 A-2-6 

 
Holder in any material respect. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a
majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of the Holders of the particular Notes to be affected. 

12. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries to,
among other things, create liens, make Restricted Payments, enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions or consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and requires the Issuer to
provide reports to Holders of the Notes. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. Pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such
limitations. 
 13. Successor Corporation. When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the
Notes and the Indenture and the transaction complies with the terms of Article Five of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation will, except as provided in Article Five, be released from those obligations. 

14. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under the
Indenture, either the Trustee, by notice in writing to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of
Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, may declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration, such principal of and
premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs with respect to the Issuer, the
principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the
Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if: 

(1) all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because
of the acceleration, have been cured or waived; 
 (2) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on
overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 

(3) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and
advances; and 

  
 A-2-7 

 (4) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type
described in Section 6.01(7), the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it
before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from
Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes) if it determines that withholding notice is in their best interests. 

15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and
perform services for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee. 

16. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member of the Board of Directors or holder of Capital
Stock of the Parent Guarantor or of any Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason
of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
 17.
Satisfaction and Discharge. The Issuer’s and each Guarantors’ obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the
payment of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes to
maturity or redemption, as the case may be. 
 18. Guarantees. From and after the Issue Date, the Notes will be entitled to the
benefits of certain Note Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and
the Holders. 
 19. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication
on the other side of this Note. 
 20. Governing Law. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 21. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (=
tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by 

  
 A-2-8 

 
the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 

WESCO Distribution, Inc. 
 225
West Station Square Drive, Suite 700 
 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219-1122 

Facsimile: (412) 222-7566 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 A-2-9 

 ASSIGNMENT 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s social security
or tax I.D. number) 
  
  

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee) 
  

			
	and irrevocably appoint 	  	 

 Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

									
	Date: 	  	 	  		  	Your Signature: 	  	 
		  		  		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee:
                                         
                                         
               
 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements
include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all
in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 A-2-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.09 of the
Indenture, check the appropriate box: 
  ̈
        Section 4.08                     ̈
        Section 4.09 
 If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer
pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.09 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

									
	$	 	 	 	 	  		  	
		 	 ($2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000

in excess of $2,000; provided that the part not

purchased must be at least $2,000)
	  		  	
				
	Date:	 	 	  		  	
			
		 	Your Signature: 	  	 
		 		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
	 	 	 	  		  	
	Signature Guaranteed	  		  	

 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements
include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all
in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 A-2-11 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN GLOBAL NOTE* 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Physical Note, or exchanges of a part of
another Global Note or Physical Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount 
of 
this Global Note	  	Amount of increase in
Principal Amount 
of 
this Global Note	  	Principal Amount 
of this Global Note
following such 
decrease 
(or increase)	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee
		  		  		  		  	

  

	* 	Insert in Global Securities only. 

  
 A-2-12 

 EXHIBIT B 

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR RESTRICTED SECURITIES] 

Any Restricted Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the
case of a Global Note) in substantially the following form: 
 THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A
THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY
BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER IF THE ISSUER SO
REQUESTS), (2) TO THE ISSUER OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND
(B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE
EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY. 

  
 B-1 

 EXHIBIT C 

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE] 

Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the
case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form: 
 THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO
AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE
INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED
EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY
TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED
BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

  
 C-1 

 EXHIBIT D 

[RESERVED] 

  
 D-1 

 Exhibit E 

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR REGULATION S NOTE] 

Any Regulation S Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in
the case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form: 
 BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON,
NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON, AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 E-1 

 Exhibit F 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 WESCO
Distribution, Inc. 
 225 West Station Square Drive, Suite 700 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219-1122 
 Facsimile:
(412) 222-7566 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 U.S.
Bank National Association 
 225 West Station Square Drive, Suite 620 

Pittsburgh, PA 15219 
 Facsimile: 412-552-2323 

Attention: Corporate Trust Services 
 re: WESCO
Distribution, Inc. 
 Re: 5.375% Senior Notes due 2021 

(CUSIP                     ) 

(ISIN                     ) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 26, 2013 (the “Indenture”), by and among WESCO Distribution, Inc. (the
“Issuer”), the Parent Guarantor and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

             (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the
Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
            (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Physical Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Physical Note is being
transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Physical Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole

  
 F-1 

 
investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A
and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Physical Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Physical Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S
Global Note or a Physical Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that
(i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed
and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows
that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the
transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S.
Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject
to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Physical Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Global
Note or a Physical Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global
Notes and Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance
with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 

(b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof;

 or 

  
 F-2 

 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 

or 
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies
that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted
Physical Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by, if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the
Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of
the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Global Note and/or the Physical Notes and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Physical Note. 
 (a)  ̈
Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (b)
 ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with
the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 

  
 F-3 

 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Other
Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (d)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to an Effective Registration Statement. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and
the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note
will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer. 

 

			
	  
 [Insert Name of
Transferor]

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                     

  
 F-4 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE] 

 

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in a: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP             )
(ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             )
(ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Physical Note. 

  

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 

 

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP             )
(ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
            )(ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP             )
(ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Physical Note; or 

  

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Physical Note, 

 in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 F-5 

 EXHIBIT G 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 WESCO
Distribution, Inc. 
 225 West Station Square Drive, Suite 700 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219-1122 
 Facsimile:
(412) 222-7566 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 U.S.
Bank National Association 
 225 West Station Square Drive, Suite 620 

Pittsburgh, PA 15219 
 Facsimile: 412-552-2323 

Attention: Corporate Trust Services 
 re: WESCO
Distribution, Inc. 
 Re: 5.375% Senior Notes due 2021 

(CUSIP                     ) 

(ISIN                     ) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 26, 2013 (the “Indenture”), by and among WESCO Distribution, Inc. (the
“Issuer”), the Parent Guarantor and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

            (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the
Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange,
the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of Restricted Physical Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted
Physical Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
 (a)  ̈
Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) 

  
 G-1 

 
such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Physical Note to beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired
for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act,
(iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with
any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (c)
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Physical Note to Unrestricted Physical Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Physical Note for an Unrestricted Physical
Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Physical Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Physical Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

2. Exchange of Restricted Physical Notes for Restricted Physical Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. 

(a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Physical Note to beneficial interest in
a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]             Rule 144A Global
Note,      Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has
been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant
Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 G-2 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of
the Issuer. 
  

			
	  
 [Insert
Name of Owner]

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                     

  
 G-3 

 EXHIBIT H 

[RESERVED] 

  
 H-1 

 EXHIBIT I 

GUARANTEE 
 The undersigned (the
“Guarantor”) hereby jointly and severally unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, dated as of November 26, 2013, by and among WESCO Distribution, Inc. (the “Issuer”), the Parent
Guarantor and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), and subject to the Indenture, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of, and premium and, to the extent
permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Noteholders or the Trustee, all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture, (b) in case of any
extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise and (c) all amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture. 
 The obligations of the Guarantor to the Noteholders and
to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this Guarantee. Each Holder of the Note to
which this Guarantee is endorsed, by accepting such Note, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. 
 [Signatures on Following Pages]

  
 I-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized
officer. 
  

			
	WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC. as the Parent Guarantor
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 I-2 

 EXHIBIT J 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
             , among              (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of WESCO Distribution, Inc. (or
its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of November 26, 2013 (the
“Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s 5.375% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that, under certain circumstances, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note
Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver
this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. 
 4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST
OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator member of the Board of Directors or holder of Capital Stock of the Issuer or of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the
Notes, this Supplemental Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 

  
 J-1 

 5. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall
be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for
convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 8. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner
whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Issuer. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first
above written. 
 Dated:                     

  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 J-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00224-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00224-of-00352.parquet"}]]